"Fossies" - the Fresh Open Source Software Archive

Member "sssd-2.4.2/src/man/po/zh_CN.po" (19 Feb 2021, 710549 Bytes) of package /linux/misc/sssd-2.4.2.tar.gz:


As a special service "Fossies" has tried to format the requested source page into HTML format using (guessed) PO translation source code syntax highlighting (style: standard) with prefixed line numbers. Alternatively you can here view or download the uninterpreted source code file.

    1 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
    2 # Copyright (C) YEAR Red Hat
    3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the sssd-docs package.
    4 #
    5 # Translators:
    6 # Christopher Meng <cickumqt@gmail.com>, 2012
    7 # Ludek Janda <ljanda@redhat.com>, 2020. #zanata
    8 msgid ""
    9 msgstr ""
   10 "Project-Id-Version: sssd-docs 2.3.0\n"
   11 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sssd-devel@redhat.com\n"
   12 "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-19 16:49+0100\n"
   13 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-07-22 07:51-0400\n"
   14 "Last-Translator: Copied by Zanata <copied-by-zanata@zanata.org>\n"
   15 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/sssd/"
   16 "language/zh_CN/)\n"
   17 "Language: zh_CN\n"
   18 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
   19 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
   20 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
   21 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
   22 "X-Generator: Zanata 4.6.2\n"
   23 
   24 #. type: Content of: <reference><title>
   25 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:5 sssd.conf.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap.5.xml:5 pam_sss.8.xml:5
   26 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:5 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:5 sssd-simple.5.xml:5
   27 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:5 sssd-ipa.5.xml:5 sssd-ad.5.xml:5 sssd-sudo.5.xml:5
   28 #: sssd.8.xml:5 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:5 sss_override.8.xml:5 sss_useradd.8.xml:5
   29 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:5 sss_groupadd.8.xml:5 sss_userdel.8.xml:5
   30 #: sss_groupdel.8.xml:5 sss_groupshow.8.xml:5 sss_usermod.8.xml:5
   31 #: sss_cache.8.xml:5 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:5 sss_seed.8.xml:5 sssd-ifp.5.xml:5
   32 #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:5 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:5
   33 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:5 idmap_sss.8.xml:5 sssctl.8.xml:5
   34 #: sssd-files.5.xml:5 sssd-secrets.5.xml:5 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:5
   35 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:5 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:5
   36 msgid "SSSD Manual pages"
   37 msgstr "SSSD 手册页面"
   38 
   39 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
   40 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:10 sss_groupmod.8.xml:15
   41 msgid "sss_groupmod"
   42 msgstr "sss_groupmod"
   43 
   44 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
   45 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:11 pam_sss.8.xml:12 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:12
   46 #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:11 sssd.8.xml:11 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:11
   47 #: sss_override.8.xml:11 sss_useradd.8.xml:11 sss_groupadd.8.xml:11
   48 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupshow.8.xml:11
   49 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:11 sss_cache.8.xml:11 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:11
   50 #: sss_seed.8.xml:11 idmap_sss.8.xml:11 sssctl.8.xml:11 sssd-kcm.8.xml:11
   51 msgid "8"
   52 msgstr "8"
   53 
   54 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
   55 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:16
   56 msgid "modify a group"
   57 msgstr "变更一个组"
   58 
   59 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
   60 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:21
   61 msgid ""
   62 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
   63 "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
   64 "arg>"
   65 msgstr ""
   66 
   67 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   68 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:30 sssd-ldap.5.xml:21 pam_sss.8.xml:63
   69 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:30 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:20 sssd-simple.5.xml:22
   70 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:21 sssd-ipa.5.xml:21 sssd-ad.5.xml:21 sssd-sudo.5.xml:21
   71 #: sssd.8.xml:29 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:30 sss_override.8.xml:30
   72 #: sss_useradd.8.xml:30 sssd-krb5.5.xml:21 sss_groupadd.8.xml:30
   73 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupshow.8.xml:30
   74 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:30 sss_cache.8.xml:29 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:30
   75 #: sss_seed.8.xml:31 sssd-ifp.5.xml:21 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:30
   76 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:31 idmap_sss.8.xml:20 sssctl.8.xml:30
   77 #: sssd-files.5.xml:21 sssd-secrets.5.xml:21 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:21
   78 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:21 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:21 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:21
   79 msgid "DESCRIPTION"
   80 msgstr ""
   81 
   82 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
   83 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:32
   84 msgid ""
   85 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> modifies the group to reflect the changes "
   86 "that are specified on the command line."
   87 msgstr ""
   88 
   89 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   90 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:39 pam_sss.8.xml:70 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:89 sssd.8.xml:42
   91 #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:58 sss_useradd.8.xml:39 sss_groupadd.8.xml:39
   92 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupshow.8.xml:39
   93 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:39 sss_cache.8.xml:39 sss_seed.8.xml:42
   94 #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:123 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:62
   95 msgid "OPTIONS"
   96 msgstr "选项"
   97 
   98 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
   99 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:43 sss_usermod.8.xml:77
  100 msgid ""
  101 "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  102 "replaceable>"
  103 msgstr ""
  104 "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  105 "replaceable>"
  106 
  107 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  108 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:48
  109 msgid ""
  110 "Append this group to groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  111 "replaceable> parameter.  The <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> parameter is "
  112 "a comma separated list of group names."
  113 msgstr ""
  114 
  115 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  116 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:57 sss_usermod.8.xml:91
  117 msgid ""
  118 "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  119 "replaceable>"
  120 msgstr ""
  121 "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  122 "replaceable>"
  123 
  124 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  125 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:62
  126 msgid ""
  127 "Remove this group from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  128 "replaceable> parameter."
  129 msgstr ""
  130 "Remove this group from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  131 "replaceable> parameter."
  132 
  133 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
  134 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:10 sssd.conf.5.xml:16
  135 msgid "sssd.conf"
  136 msgstr "sssd.conf"
  137 
  138 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
  139 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap.5.xml:11 sssd-simple.5.xml:11
  140 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:11 sssd-ipa.5.xml:11 sssd-ad.5.xml:11 sssd-sudo.5.xml:11
  141 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:11 sssd-ifp.5.xml:11 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:27
  142 #: sssd-files.5.xml:11 sssd-secrets.5.xml:11 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:11
  143 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:11
  144 msgid "5"
  145 msgstr "5"
  146 
  147 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
  148 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap.5.xml:12 sssd-simple.5.xml:12
  149 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:12 sssd-ipa.5.xml:12 sssd-ad.5.xml:12 sssd-sudo.5.xml:12
  150 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:12 sssd-ifp.5.xml:12 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:28
  151 #: sssd-files.5.xml:12 sssd-secrets.5.xml:12 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:12
  152 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:12 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:12
  153 msgid "File Formats and Conventions"
  154 msgstr ""
  155 
  156 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
  157 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:17
  158 msgid "the configuration file for SSSD"
  159 msgstr ""
  160 
  161 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  162 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:21
  163 msgid "FILE FORMAT"
  164 msgstr "文件格式"
  165 
  166 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
  167 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:29
  168 #, no-wrap
  169 msgid ""
  170 "<replaceable>[section]</replaceable>\n"
  171 "<replaceable>key</replaceable> = <replaceable>value</replaceable>\n"
  172 "<replaceable>key2</replaceable> = <replaceable>value2,value3</replaceable>\n"
  173 "            "
  174 msgstr ""
  175 
  176 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  177 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:24
  178 msgid ""
  179 "The file has an ini-style syntax and consists of sections and parameters. A "
  180 "section begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues "
  181 "until the next section begins. An example of section with single and multi-"
  182 "valued parameters: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
  183 msgstr ""
  184 
  185 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  186 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:36
  187 msgid ""
  188 "The data types used are string (no quotes needed), integer and bool (with "
  189 "values of <quote>TRUE/FALSE</quote>)."
  190 msgstr ""
  191 
  192 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  193 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:41
  194 msgid ""
  195 "A comment line starts with a hash sign (<quote>#</quote>) or a semicolon "
  196 "(<quote>;</quote>).  Inline comments are not supported."
  197 msgstr ""
  198 
  199 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  200 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:47
  201 msgid ""
  202 "All sections can have an optional <replaceable>description</replaceable> "
  203 "parameter. Its function is only as a label for the section."
  204 msgstr ""
  205 
  206 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  207 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:53
  208 msgid ""
  209 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> must be a regular file, owned by root and "
  210 "only root may read from or write to the file."
  211 msgstr ""
  212 
  213 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  214 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:59
  215 msgid "CONFIGURATION SNIPPETS FROM INCLUDE DIRECTORY"
  216 msgstr ""
  217 
  218 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  219 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:62
  220 msgid ""
  221 "The configuration file <filename>sssd.conf</filename> will include "
  222 "configuration snippets using the include directory <filename>conf.d</"
  223 "filename>. This feature is available if SSSD was compiled with libini "
  224 "version 1.3.0 or later."
  225 msgstr ""
  226 
  227 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  228 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:69
  229 msgid ""
  230 "Any file placed in <filename>conf.d</filename> that ends in "
  231 "<quote><filename>.conf</filename></quote> and does not begin with a dot "
  232 "(<quote>.</quote>) will be used together with <filename>sssd.conf</filename> "
  233 "to configure SSSD."
  234 msgstr ""
  235 
  236 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  237 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:77
  238 msgid ""
  239 "The configuration snippets from <filename>conf.d</filename> have higher "
  240 "priority than <filename>sssd.conf</filename> and will override "
  241 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> when conflicts occur. If several snippets are "
  242 "present in <filename>conf.d</filename>, then they are included in "
  243 "alphabetical order (based on locale).  Files included later have higher "
  244 "priority. Numerical prefixes (<filename>01_snippet.conf</filename>, "
  245 "<filename>02_snippet.conf</filename> etc.) can help visualize the priority "
  246 "(higher number means higher priority)."
  247 msgstr ""
  248 
  249 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  250 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:91
  251 msgid ""
  252 "The snippet files require the same owner and permissions as <filename>sssd."
  253 "conf</filename>. Which are by default root:root and 0600."
  254 msgstr ""
  255 
  256 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  257 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:98
  258 msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
  259 msgstr ""
  260 
  261 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  262 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:100
  263 msgid "Following options are usable in more than one configuration sections."
  264 msgstr ""
  265 
  266 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  267 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:104
  268 msgid "Options usable in all sections"
  269 msgstr ""
  270 
  271 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  272 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:108
  273 msgid "debug_level (integer)"
  274 msgstr ""
  275 
  276 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  277 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:112
  278 msgid "debug (integer)"
  279 msgstr ""
  280 
  281 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  282 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:115
  283 msgid ""
  284 "SSSD 1.14 and later also includes the <replaceable>debug</replaceable> alias "
  285 "for <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> as a convenience feature. If both "
  286 "are specified, the value of <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> will be "
  287 "used."
  288 msgstr ""
  289 
  290 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  291 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:125
  292 msgid "debug_timestamps (bool)"
  293 msgstr ""
  294 
  295 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  296 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:128
  297 msgid ""
  298 "Add a timestamp to the debug messages.  If journald is enabled for SSSD "
  299 "debug logging this option is ignored."
  300 msgstr ""
  301 
  302 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  303 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:133 sssd.conf.5.xml:331 sssd.conf.5.xml:612
  304 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:941 sssd.conf.5.xml:1936 sssd.conf.5.xml:1966
  305 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:962 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1060 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1127
  306 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1579 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1644 sssd-ipa.5.xml:341
  307 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:229 sssd-ad.5.xml:343 sssd-ad.5.xml:1177 sssd-ad.5.xml:1325
  308 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:499 sssd-secrets.5.xml:351 sssd-secrets.5.xml:364
  309 msgid "Default: true"
  310 msgstr ""
  311 
  312 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  313 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:138
  314 msgid "debug_microseconds (bool)"
  315 msgstr ""
  316 
  317 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  318 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:141
  319 msgid ""
  320 "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages.  If journald is enabled "
  321 "for SSSD debug logging this option is ignored."
  322 msgstr ""
  323 
  324 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  325 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:146 sssd.conf.5.xml:609 sssd.conf.5.xml:823
  326 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1869 sssd.conf.5.xml:3686 sssd-ldap.5.xml:312
  327 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:813 sssd-ldap.5.xml:832 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1032
  328 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1463 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1668 sssd-ipa.5.xml:151
  329 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:253 sssd-ipa.5.xml:589 sssd-ad.5.xml:1083 sssd-krb5.5.xml:266
  330 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:300 sssd-krb5.5.xml:471 sssd-krb5.5.xml:573
  331 msgid "Default: false"
  332 msgstr ""
  333 
  334 #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
  335 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:106 sssd.conf.5.xml:157 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1520
  336 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1691 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:82 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:143
  337 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:236 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:274 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:330
  338 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:40 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:646
  339 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:873
  340 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:970 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1028
  341 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1186 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1231
  342 #: include/autofs_attributes.xml:1
  343 msgid "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  344 msgstr ""
  345 
  346 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  347 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:155
  348 msgid "Options usable in SERVICE and DOMAIN sections"
  349 msgstr ""
  350 
  351 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  352 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:159
  353 msgid "timeout (integer)"
  354 msgstr ""
  355 
  356 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  357 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:162
  358 msgid ""
  359 "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service. This is used to "
  360 "ensure that the process is alive and capable of answering requests. Note "
  361 "that after three missed heartbeats the process will terminate itself."
  362 msgstr ""
  363 
  364 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  365 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:169 sssd.conf.5.xml:1161 sssd.conf.5.xml:1550
  366 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3702 sssd-ldap.5.xml:684 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:264
  367 msgid "Default: 10"
  368 msgstr ""
  369 
  370 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  371 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:179
  372 msgid "SPECIAL SECTIONS"
  373 msgstr ""
  374 
  375 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  376 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:182
  377 msgid "The [sssd] section"
  378 msgstr ""
  379 
  380 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
  381 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:191 sssd.conf.5.xml:3791
  382 msgid "Section parameters"
  383 msgstr ""
  384 
  385 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  386 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:193
  387 msgid "config_file_version (integer)"
  388 msgstr ""
  389 
  390 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  391 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:196
  392 msgid ""
  393 "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file. SSSD 0.6.0 and later use "
  394 "version 2."
  395 msgstr ""
  396 
  397 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  398 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:202
  399 msgid "services"
  400 msgstr "服务"
  401 
  402 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  403 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:205
  404 msgid ""
  405 "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts.  "
  406 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> The services' list is optional on "
  407 "platforms where systemd is supported, as they will either be socket or D-Bus "
  408 "activated when needed.  </phrase>"
  409 msgstr ""
  410 
  411 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  412 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:214
  413 msgid ""
  414 "Supported services: nss, pam <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\">, sudo</phrase> "
  415 "<phrase condition=\"with_autofs\">, autofs</phrase> <phrase condition="
  416 "\"with_ssh\">, ssh</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_pac_responder\">, pac</"
  417 "phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\">, ifp</phrase>"
  418 msgstr ""
  419 
  420 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  421 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:222
  422 msgid ""
  423 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> By default, all services are disabled "
  424 "and the administrator must enable the ones allowed to be used by executing: "
  425 "\"systemctl enable sssd-@service@.socket\".  </phrase>"
  426 msgstr ""
  427 
  428 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  429 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:231 sssd.conf.5.xml:683
  430 msgid "reconnection_retries (integer)"
  431 msgstr ""
  432 
  433 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  434 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:234 sssd.conf.5.xml:686
  435 msgid ""
  436 "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
  437 "Provider crash or restart before they give up"
  438 msgstr ""
  439 
  440 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  441 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:239 sssd.conf.5.xml:691 include/failover.xml:100
  442 msgid "Default: 3"
  443 msgstr "默认: 3"
  444 
  445 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  446 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:244
  447 msgid "domains"
  448 msgstr ""
  449 
  450 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  451 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:247
  452 msgid ""
  453 "A domain is a database containing user information. SSSD can use more "
  454 "domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't "
  455 "start.  This parameter describes the list of domains in the order you want "
  456 "them to be queried.  A domain name is recommended to contain only "
  457 "alphanumeric ASCII characters, dashes, dots and underscores. '/' character "
  458 "is forbidden."
  459 msgstr ""
  460 
  461 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  462 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:260 sssd.conf.5.xml:3203
  463 msgid "re_expression (string)"
  464 msgstr ""
  465 
  466 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  467 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:263
  468 msgid ""
  469 "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
  470 "user name and domain into these components."
  471 msgstr ""
  472 
  473 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  474 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:268
  475 msgid ""
  476 "Each domain can have an individual regular expression configured. For some "
  477 "ID providers there are also default regular expressions. See DOMAIN SECTIONS "
  478 "for more info on these regular expressions."
  479 msgstr ""
  480 
  481 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  482 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:277 sssd.conf.5.xml:3251
  483 msgid "full_name_format (string)"
  484 msgstr ""
  485 
  486 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  487 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:280 sssd.conf.5.xml:3254
  488 msgid ""
  489 "A <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
  490 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>-compatible format that describes how to compose a "
  491 "fully qualified name from user name and domain name components."
  492 msgstr ""
  493 
  494 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  495 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:291 sssd.conf.5.xml:3265
  496 msgid "%1$s"
  497 msgstr ""
  498 
  499 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  500 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:292 sssd.conf.5.xml:3266
  501 msgid "user name"
  502 msgstr ""
  503 
  504 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  505 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:295 sssd.conf.5.xml:3269
  506 msgid "%2$s"
  507 msgstr ""
  508 
  509 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  510 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:298 sssd.conf.5.xml:3272
  511 msgid "domain name as specified in the SSSD config file."
  512 msgstr ""
  513 
  514 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  515 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:304 sssd.conf.5.xml:3278
  516 msgid "%3$s"
  517 msgstr ""
  518 
  519 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  520 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:307 sssd.conf.5.xml:3281
  521 msgid ""
  522 "domain flat name. Mostly usable for Active Directory domains, both directly "
  523 "configured or discovered via IPA trusts."
  524 msgstr ""
  525 
  526 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  527 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:288 sssd.conf.5.xml:3262
  528 msgid ""
  529 "The following expansions are supported: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
  530 "id=\"0\"/>"
  531 msgstr ""
  532 
  533 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  534 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:317
  535 msgid ""
  536 "Each domain can have an individual format string configured.  See DOMAIN "
  537 "SECTIONS for more info on this option."
  538 msgstr ""
  539 
  540 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  541 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:323
  542 msgid "monitor_resolv_conf (boolean)"
  543 msgstr ""
  544 
  545 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  546 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:326
  547 msgid ""
  548 "Controls if SSSD should monitor the state of resolv.conf to identify when it "
  549 "needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
  550 msgstr ""
  551 
  552 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  553 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:336
  554 msgid "try_inotify (boolean)"
  555 msgstr ""
  556 
  557 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  558 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:339
  559 msgid ""
  560 "By default, SSSD will attempt to use inotify to monitor configuration files "
  561 "changes and will fall back to polling every five seconds if inotify cannot "
  562 "be used."
  563 msgstr ""
  564 
  565 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  566 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:345
  567 msgid ""
  568 "There are some limited situations where it is preferred that we should skip "
  569 "even trying to use inotify. In these rare cases, this option should be set "
  570 "to 'false'"
  571 msgstr ""
  572 
  573 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  574 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:351
  575 msgid ""
  576 "Default: true on platforms where inotify is supported. False on other "
  577 "platforms."
  578 msgstr ""
  579 
  580 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  581 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:355
  582 msgid ""
  583 "Note: this option will have no effect on platforms where inotify is "
  584 "unavailable. On these platforms, polling will always be used."
  585 msgstr ""
  586 
  587 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  588 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:362
  589 msgid "krb5_rcache_dir (string)"
  590 msgstr ""
  591 
  592 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  593 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:365
  594 msgid ""
  595 "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
  596 "files."
  597 msgstr ""
  598 
  599 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  600 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:369
  601 msgid ""
  602 "This option accepts a special value __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ that will instruct "
  603 "SSSD to let libkrb5 decide the appropriate location for the replay cache."
  604 msgstr ""
  605 
  606 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  607 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:375
  608 msgid ""
  609 "Default: Distribution-specific and specified at build-time. "
  610 "(__LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ if not configured)"
  611 msgstr ""
  612 
  613 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  614 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:382
  615 msgid "user (string)"
  616 msgstr ""
  617 
  618 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  619 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:385
  620 msgid ""
  621 "The user to drop the privileges to where appropriate to avoid running as the "
  622 "root user.  <phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> This option does not work "
  623 "when running socket-activated services, as the user set up to run the "
  624 "processes is set up during compilation time.  The way to override the "
  625 "systemd unit files is by creating the appropriate files in /etc/systemd/"
  626 "system/.  Keep in mind that any change in the socket user, group or "
  627 "permissions may result in a non-usable SSSD. The same may occur in case of "
  628 "changes of the user running the NSS responder.  </phrase>"
  629 msgstr ""
  630 
  631 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  632 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:403
  633 msgid "Default: not set, process will run as root"
  634 msgstr ""
  635 
  636 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  637 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:408
  638 msgid "default_domain_suffix (string)"
  639 msgstr ""
  640 
  641 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  642 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:411
  643 msgid ""
  644 "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
  645 "domain name component. The main use case is environments where the primary "
  646 "domain is intended for managing host policies and all users are located in a "
  647 "trusted domain.  The option allows those users to log in just with their "
  648 "user name without giving a domain name as well."
  649 msgstr ""
  650 
  651 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  652 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:421
  653 msgid ""
  654 "Please note that if this option is set all users from the primary domain "
  655 "have to use their fully qualified name, e.g. user@domain.name, to log in. "
  656 "Setting this option changes default of use_fully_qualified_names to True. It "
  657 "is not allowed to use this option together with use_fully_qualified_names "
  658 "set to False. One exception from this rule are domains with "
  659 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> that always try to match the behaviour of "
  660 "nss_files and therefore their output is not qualified even when the "
  661 "default_domain_suffix option is used."
  662 msgstr ""
  663 
  664 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  665 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:436 sssd.conf.5.xml:1348 sssd-ldap.5.xml:772
  666 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap.5.xml:876 sssd-ad.5.xml:897 sssd-ad.5.xml:972
  667 #: sssd.8.xml:126 sssd-krb5.5.xml:410 sssd-krb5.5.xml:609
  668 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:339 sssd-secrets.5.xml:377 sssd-secrets.5.xml:390
  669 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:404 sssd-secrets.5.xml:415 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:470
  670 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:959 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:205
  671 #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:216
  672 msgid "Default: not set"
  673 msgstr ""
  674 
  675 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  676 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:441
  677 msgid "override_space (string)"
  678 msgstr ""
  679 
  680 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  681 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:444
  682 msgid ""
  683 "This parameter will replace spaces (space bar)  with the given character for "
  684 "user and group names.  e.g. (_). User name &quot;john doe&quot; will be "
  685 "&quot;john_doe&quot; This feature was added to help compatibility with shell "
  686 "scripts that have difficulty handling spaces, due to the default field "
  687 "separator in the shell."
  688 msgstr ""
  689 
  690 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  691 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:453
  692 msgid ""
  693 "Please note it is a configuration error to use a replacement character that "
  694 "might be used in user or group names. If a name contains the replacement "
  695 "character SSSD tries to return the unmodified name but in general the result "
  696 "of a lookup is undefined."
  697 msgstr ""
  698 
  699 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  700 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:461
  701 msgid "Default: not set (spaces will not be replaced)"
  702 msgstr ""
  703 
  704 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  705 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:466
  706 msgid "certificate_verification (string)"
  707 msgstr ""
  708 
  709 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  710 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:474
  711 msgid "no_ocsp"
  712 msgstr ""
  713 
  714 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  715 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:476
  716 msgid ""
  717 "Disables Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) checks. This might be "
  718 "needed if the OCSP servers defined in the certificate are not reachable from "
  719 "the client."
  720 msgstr ""
  721 
  722 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  723 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:484
  724 msgid "soft_ocsp"
  725 msgstr ""
  726 
  727 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  728 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:486
  729 msgid ""
  730 "If a connection cannot be established to an OCSP responder the OCSP check is "
  731 "skipped.  This option should be used to allow authentication when the system "
  732 "is offline and the OCSP responder cannot be reached."
  733 msgstr ""
  734 
  735 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  736 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:496
  737 msgid "ocsp_dgst"
  738 msgstr ""
  739 
  740 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  741 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:498
  742 msgid ""
  743 "Digest (hash) function used to create the certificate ID for the OCSP "
  744 "request. Allowed values are:"
  745 msgstr ""
  746 
  747 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  748 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:502
  749 msgid "sha1"
  750 msgstr ""
  751 
  752 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  753 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:503
  754 msgid "sha256"
  755 msgstr ""
  756 
  757 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  758 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:504
  759 msgid "sha384"
  760 msgstr ""
  761 
  762 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  763 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:505
  764 msgid "sha512"
  765 msgstr ""
  766 
  767 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  768 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:508
  769 msgid "Default: sha1 (to allow compatibility with RFC5019-compliant responder)"
  770 msgstr ""
  771 
  772 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  773 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:514
  774 msgid "no_verification"
  775 msgstr ""
  776 
  777 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  778 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:516
  779 msgid ""
  780 "Disables verification completely.  This option should only be used for "
  781 "testing."
  782 msgstr ""
  783 
  784 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  785 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:522
  786 msgid "ocsp_default_responder=URL"
  787 msgstr ""
  788 
  789 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  790 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:524
  791 msgid ""
  792 "Sets the OCSP default responder which should be used instead of the one "
  793 "mentioned in the certificate. URL must be replaced with the URL of the OCSP "
  794 "default responder e.g.  http://example.com:80/ocsp."
  795 msgstr ""
  796 
  797 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  798 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:534
  799 msgid "ocsp_default_responder_signing_cert=NAME"
  800 msgstr ""
  801 
  802 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  803 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:536
  804 msgid ""
  805 "This option is currently ignored. All needed certificates must be available "
  806 "in the PEM file given by pam_cert_db_path."
  807 msgstr ""
  808 
  809 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  810 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:544
  811 msgid "crl_file=/PATH/TO/CRL/FILE"
  812 msgstr ""
  813 
  814 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  815 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:546
  816 msgid ""
  817 "Use the Certificate Revocation List (CRL) from the given file during the "
  818 "verification of the certificate. The CRL must be given in PEM format, see "
  819 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>crl</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1ssl</"
  820 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
  821 msgstr ""
  822 
  823 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  824 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:559
  825 msgid "soft_crl"
  826 msgstr ""
  827 
  828 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  829 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:562
  830 msgid ""
  831 "If a Certificate Revocation List (CRL)  is expired ignore the CRL checks for "
  832 "the related certificates. This option should be used to allow authentication "
  833 "when the system is offline and the CRL cannot be renewed."
  834 msgstr ""
  835 
  836 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  837 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:469
  838 msgid ""
  839 "With this parameter the certificate verification can be tuned with a comma "
  840 "separated list of options. Supported options are: <placeholder type="
  841 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  842 msgstr ""
  843 
  844 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  845 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:573
  846 msgid "Unknown options are reported but ignored."
  847 msgstr ""
  848 
  849 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  850 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:576
  851 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. do not restrict certificate verification"
  852 msgstr ""
  853 
  854 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  855 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:582
  856 msgid "disable_netlink (boolean)"
  857 msgstr ""
  858 
  859 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  860 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:585
  861 msgid ""
  862 "SSSD hooks into the netlink interface to monitor changes to routes, "
  863 "addresses, links and trigger certain actions."
  864 msgstr ""
  865 
  866 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  867 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:590
  868 msgid ""
  869 "The SSSD state changes caused by netlink events may be undesirable and can "
  870 "be disabled by setting this option to 'true'"
  871 msgstr ""
  872 
  873 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  874 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:595
  875 msgid "Default: false (netlink changes are detected)"
  876 msgstr ""
  877 
  878 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  879 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:600
  880 msgid "enable_files_domain (boolean)"
  881 msgstr ""
  882 
  883 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  884 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:603
  885 msgid ""
  886 "When this option is enabled, SSSD prepends an implicit domain with "
  887 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> before any explicitly configured domains."
  888 msgstr ""
  889 
  890 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  891 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:617
  892 msgid "domain_resolution_order"
  893 msgstr ""
  894 
  895 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  896 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:620
  897 msgid ""
  898 "Comma separated list of domains and subdomains representing the lookup order "
  899 "that will be followed.  The list doesn't have to include all possible "
  900 "domains as the missing domains will be looked up based on the order they're "
  901 "presented in the <quote>domains</quote> configuration option.  The "
  902 "subdomains which are not listed as part of <quote>lookup_order</quote> will "
  903 "be looked up in a random order for each parent domain."
  904 msgstr ""
  905 
  906 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  907 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:632
  908 msgid ""
  909 "Please, note that when this option is set the output format of all commands "
  910 "is always fully-qualified even when using short names for input, for all "
  911 "users but the ones managed by the files provider.  In case the administrator "
  912 "wants the output not fully-qualified, the full_name_format option can be "
  913 "used as shown below: <quote>full_name_format=%1$s</quote> However, keep in "
  914 "mind that during login, login applications often canonicalize the username "
  915 "by calling <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle> "
  916 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> which, if a shortname is returned "
  917 "for a qualified input (while trying to reach a user which exists in multiple "
  918 "domains) might re-route the login attempt into the domain which uses "
  919 "shortnames, making this workaround totally not recommended in cases where "
  920 "usernames may overlap between domains."
  921 msgstr ""
  922 
  923 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  924 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:657 sssd.conf.5.xml:1562 sssd.conf.5.xml:3752
  925 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:164 sssd-ad.5.xml:304 sssd-ad.5.xml:318
  926 msgid "Default: Not set"
  927 msgstr ""
  928 
  929 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
  930 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:184
  931 msgid ""
  932 "Individual pieces of SSSD functionality are provided by special SSSD "
  933 "services that are started and stopped together with SSSD.  The services are "
  934 "managed by a special service frequently called <quote>monitor</quote>. The "
  935 "<quote>[sssd]</quote> section is used to configure the monitor as well as "
  936 "some other important options like the identity domains.  <placeholder type="
  937 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  938 msgstr ""
  939 
  940 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  941 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:668
  942 msgid "SERVICES SECTIONS"
  943 msgstr "服务部分"
  944 
  945 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  946 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:670
  947 msgid ""
  948 "Settings that can be used to configure different services are described in "
  949 "this section. They should reside in the [<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>] "
  950 "section, for example, for NSS service, the section would be <quote>[nss]</"
  951 "quote>"
  952 msgstr ""
  953 
  954 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  955 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:677
  956 msgid "General service configuration options"
  957 msgstr "基本服务配置选项"
  958 
  959 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
  960 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:679
  961 msgid "These options can be used to configure any service."
  962 msgstr "这些选项可被用于配置任何服务。"
  963 
  964 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  965 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:696
  966 msgid "fd_limit"
  967 msgstr ""
  968 
  969 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  970 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:699
  971 msgid ""
  972 "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
  973 "opened at one time by this SSSD process. On systems where SSSD is granted "
  974 "the CAP_SYS_RESOURCE capability, this will be an absolute setting. On "
  975 "systems without this capability, the resulting value will be the lower value "
  976 "of this or the limits.conf \"hard\" limit."
  977 msgstr ""
  978 
  979 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  980 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:708
  981 msgid "Default: 8192 (or limits.conf \"hard\" limit)"
  982 msgstr ""
  983 
  984 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  985 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:713
  986 msgid "client_idle_timeout"
  987 msgstr ""
  988 
  989 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  990 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:716
  991 msgid ""
  992 "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
  993 "can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it. This value is "
  994 "limited in order to avoid resource exhaustion on the system. The timeout "
  995 "can't be shorter than 10 seconds. If a lower value is configured, it will be "
  996 "adjusted to 10 seconds."
  997 msgstr ""
  998 
  999 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1000 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:725
 1001 #, fuzzy
 1002 #| msgid "Default: 3"
 1003 msgid "Default: 60, KCM: 300"
 1004 msgstr "默认: 3"
 1005 
 1006 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1007 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:730
 1008 msgid "offline_timeout (integer)"
 1009 msgstr ""
 1010 
 1011 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1012 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:733
 1013 msgid ""
 1014 "When SSSD switches to offline mode the amount of time before it tries to go "
 1015 "back online will increase based upon the time spent disconnected.  This "
 1016 "value is in seconds and calculated by the following:"
 1017 msgstr ""
 1018 
 1019 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1020 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:740
 1021 msgid "offline_timeout + random_offset"
 1022 msgstr ""
 1023 
 1024 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1025 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:743
 1026 msgid ""
 1027 "The random offset value is from 0 to 30.  After each unsuccessful attempt to "
 1028 "go online, the new interval is recalculated by the following:"
 1029 msgstr ""
 1030 
 1031 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1032 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:748
 1033 msgid "new_interval = (old_interval * 2) + random_offset"
 1034 msgstr ""
 1035 
 1036 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1037 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:751
 1038 msgid ""
 1039 "Note that the maximum length of each interval is defined by "
 1040 "offline_timeout_max, which defaults to one hour. If the calculated length of "
 1041 "new_interval is greater than offline_timeout_max, it will be forced to the "
 1042 "offline_timeout_max value."
 1043 msgstr ""
 1044 
 1045 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1046 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:758 sssd.conf.5.xml:1072 sssd.conf.5.xml:1414
 1047 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1651 sssd-ldap.5.xml:469
 1048 msgid "Default: 60"
 1049 msgstr ""
 1050 
 1051 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1052 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:763
 1053 msgid "offline_timeout_max (integer)"
 1054 msgstr ""
 1055 
 1056 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1057 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:766
 1058 msgid ""
 1059 "Controls by how much the time between attempts to go online can be "
 1060 "incremented following unsuccessful attempts to go online."
 1061 msgstr ""
 1062 
 1063 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1064 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:771
 1065 msgid "A value of 0 disables the incrementing behaviour."
 1066 msgstr ""
 1067 
 1068 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1069 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:774
 1070 msgid ""
 1071 "The value of this parameter should be set in correlation to offline_timeout "
 1072 "parameter value."
 1073 msgstr ""
 1074 
 1075 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1076 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:778
 1077 msgid ""
 1078 "With offline_timeout set to 60 (default value) there is no point in setting "
 1079 "offlinet_timeout_max to less than 120 as it will saturate instantly. General "
 1080 "rule here should be to set offline_timeout_max to at least 4 times "
 1081 "offline_timeout."
 1082 msgstr ""
 1083 
 1084 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1085 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:784
 1086 msgid ""
 1087 "Although a value between 0 and offline_timeout may be specified, it has the "
 1088 "effect of overriding the offline_timeout value so is of little use."
 1089 msgstr ""
 1090 
 1091 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1092 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:789
 1093 #, fuzzy
 1094 #| msgid "Default: 3"
 1095 msgid "Default: 3600"
 1096 msgstr "默认: 3"
 1097 
 1098 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1099 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:794
 1100 msgid "responder_idle_timeout"
 1101 msgstr ""
 1102 
 1103 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1104 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:797
 1105 msgid ""
 1106 "This option specifies the number of seconds that an SSSD responder process "
 1107 "can be up without being used. This value is limited in order to avoid "
 1108 "resource exhaustion on the system.  The minimum acceptable value for this "
 1109 "option is 60 seconds.  Setting this option to 0 (zero) means that no timeout "
 1110 "will be set up to the responder.  This option only has effect when SSSD is "
 1111 "built with systemd support and when services are either socket or D-Bus "
 1112 "activated."
 1113 msgstr ""
 1114 
 1115 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1116 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:811 sssd.conf.5.xml:1085 sssd.conf.5.xml:2090
 1117 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:326
 1118 msgid "Default: 300"
 1119 msgstr ""
 1120 
 1121 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1122 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:816
 1123 msgid "cache_first"
 1124 msgstr ""
 1125 
 1126 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1127 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:819
 1128 msgid ""
 1129 "This option specifies whether the responder should query all caches before "
 1130 "querying the Data Providers."
 1131 msgstr ""
 1132 
 1133 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1134 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:831
 1135 msgid "NSS configuration options"
 1136 msgstr ""
 1137 
 1138 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1139 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:833
 1140 msgid ""
 1141 "These options can be used to configure the Name Service Switch (NSS) service."
 1142 msgstr ""
 1143 
 1144 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1145 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:838
 1146 msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1147 msgstr ""
 1148 
 1149 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1150 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:841
 1151 msgid ""
 1152 "How many seconds should nss_sss cache enumerations (requests for info about "
 1153 "all users)"
 1154 msgstr ""
 1155 
 1156 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1157 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:845
 1158 msgid "Default: 120"
 1159 msgstr ""
 1160 
 1161 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1162 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:850
 1163 msgid "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (integer)"
 1164 msgstr ""
 1165 
 1166 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1167 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:853
 1168 msgid ""
 1169 "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
 1170 "if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
 1171 "for the domain."
 1172 msgstr ""
 1173 
 1174 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1175 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:859
 1176 msgid ""
 1177 "For example, if the domain's entry_cache_timeout is set to 30s and "
 1178 "entry_cache_nowait_percentage is set to 50 (percent), entries that come in "
 1179 "after 15 seconds past the last cache update will be returned immediately, "
 1180 "but the SSSD will go and update the cache on its own, so that future "
 1181 "requests will not need to block waiting for a cache update."
 1182 msgstr ""
 1183 
 1184 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1185 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:869
 1186 msgid ""
 1187 "Valid values for this option are 0-99 and represent a percentage of the "
 1188 "entry_cache_timeout for each domain. For performance reasons, this "
 1189 "percentage will never reduce the nowait timeout to less than 10 seconds.  (0 "
 1190 "disables this feature)"
 1191 msgstr ""
 1192 
 1193 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1194 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:877 sssd.conf.5.xml:1890
 1195 msgid "Default: 50"
 1196 msgstr ""
 1197 
 1198 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1199 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:882
 1200 msgid "entry_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1201 msgstr ""
 1202 
 1203 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1204 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:885
 1205 msgid ""
 1206 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
 1207 "(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones)  "
 1208 "before asking the back end again."
 1209 msgstr ""
 1210 
 1211 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1212 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:891 sssd.conf.5.xml:1914
 1213 msgid "Default: 15"
 1214 msgstr ""
 1215 
 1216 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1217 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:896
 1218 msgid "local_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1219 msgstr ""
 1220 
 1221 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1222 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:899
 1223 msgid ""
 1224 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should keep local users and groups in "
 1225 "negative cache before trying to look it up in the back end again. Setting "
 1226 "the option to 0 disables this feature."
 1227 msgstr ""
 1228 
 1229 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1230 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:905
 1231 msgid "Default: 14400 (4 hours)"
 1232 msgstr ""
 1233 
 1234 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1235 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:910
 1236 msgid "filter_users, filter_groups (string)"
 1237 msgstr ""
 1238 
 1239 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1240 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:913
 1241 msgid ""
 1242 "Exclude certain users or groups from being fetched from the sss NSS "
 1243 "database. This is particularly useful for system accounts. This option can "
 1244 "also be set per-domain or include fully-qualified names to filter only users "
 1245 "from the particular domain or by a user principal name (UPN)."
 1246 msgstr ""
 1247 
 1248 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1249 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:921
 1250 msgid ""
 1251 "NOTE: The filter_groups option doesn't affect inheritance of nested group "
 1252 "members, since filtering happens after they are propagated for returning via "
 1253 "NSS. E.g. a group having a member group filtered out will still have the "
 1254 "member users of the latter listed."
 1255 msgstr ""
 1256 
 1257 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1258 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:929
 1259 msgid "Default: root"
 1260 msgstr ""
 1261 
 1262 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1263 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:934
 1264 msgid "filter_users_in_groups (bool)"
 1265 msgstr ""
 1266 
 1267 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1268 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:937
 1269 msgid ""
 1270 "If you want filtered user still be group members set this option to false."
 1271 msgstr ""
 1272 
 1273 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1274 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:948
 1275 msgid "fallback_homedir (string)"
 1276 msgstr ""
 1277 
 1278 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1279 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:951
 1280 msgid ""
 1281 "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
 1282 "explicitly by the domain's data provider."
 1283 msgstr ""
 1284 
 1285 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1286 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:956
 1287 msgid ""
 1288 "The available values for this option are the same as for override_homedir."
 1289 msgstr ""
 1290 
 1291 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1292 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:962
 1293 #, no-wrap
 1294 msgid ""
 1295 "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 1296 "                            "
 1297 msgstr ""
 1298 
 1299 #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1300 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:960 sssd.conf.5.xml:1481 sssd.conf.5.xml:1500
 1301 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:592 include/override_homedir.xml:59
 1302 msgid "example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1303 msgstr ""
 1304 
 1305 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1306 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:966
 1307 msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)"
 1308 msgstr ""
 1309 
 1310 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1311 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:972
 1312 msgid "override_shell (string)"
 1313 msgstr ""
 1314 
 1315 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1316 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:975
 1317 msgid ""
 1318 "Override the login shell for all users. This option supersedes any other "
 1319 "shell options if it takes effect and can be set either in the [nss] section "
 1320 "or per-domain."
 1321 msgstr ""
 1322 
 1323 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1324 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:981
 1325 msgid "Default: not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)"
 1326 msgstr ""
 1327 
 1328 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1329 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:987
 1330 msgid "allowed_shells (string)"
 1331 msgstr ""
 1332 
 1333 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1334 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:990
 1335 msgid ""
 1336 "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values. The order of evaluation is:"
 1337 msgstr ""
 1338 
 1339 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1340 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:993
 1341 msgid "1. If the shell is present in <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, it is used."
 1342 msgstr ""
 1343 
 1344 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1345 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:997
 1346 msgid ""
 1347 "2. If the shell is in the allowed_shells list but not in <quote>/etc/shells</"
 1348 "quote>, use the value of the shell_fallback parameter."
 1349 msgstr ""
 1350 
 1351 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1352 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1002
 1353 msgid ""
 1354 "3. If the shell is not in the allowed_shells list and not in <quote>/etc/"
 1355 "shells</quote>, a nologin shell is used."
 1356 msgstr ""
 1357 
 1358 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1359 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1007
 1360 msgid "The wildcard (*) can be used to allow any shell."
 1361 msgstr ""
 1362 
 1363 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1364 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1010
 1365 msgid ""
 1366 "The (*) is useful if you want to use shell_fallback in case that user's "
 1367 "shell is not in <quote>/etc/shells</quote> and maintaining list of all "
 1368 "allowed shells in allowed_shells would be to much overhead."
 1369 msgstr ""
 1370 
 1371 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1372 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1017
 1373 msgid "An empty string for shell is passed as-is to libc."
 1374 msgstr ""
 1375 
 1376 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1377 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1020
 1378 msgid ""
 1379 "The <quote>/etc/shells</quote> is only read on SSSD start up, which means "
 1380 "that a restart of the SSSD is required in case a new shell is installed."
 1381 msgstr ""
 1382 
 1383 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1384 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1024
 1385 msgid "Default: Not set. The user shell is automatically used."
 1386 msgstr ""
 1387 
 1388 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1389 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1029
 1390 msgid "vetoed_shells (string)"
 1391 msgstr ""
 1392 
 1393 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1394 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1032
 1395 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
 1396 msgstr ""
 1397 
 1398 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1399 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1037
 1400 msgid "shell_fallback (string)"
 1401 msgstr ""
 1402 
 1403 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1404 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1040
 1405 msgid ""
 1406 "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
 1407 msgstr ""
 1408 
 1409 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1410 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1044
 1411 msgid "Default: /bin/sh"
 1412 msgstr ""
 1413 
 1414 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1415 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1049
 1416 msgid "default_shell"
 1417 msgstr ""
 1418 
 1419 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1420 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1052
 1421 msgid ""
 1422 "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup. "
 1423 "This option can be specified globally in the [nss] section or per-domain."
 1424 msgstr ""
 1425 
 1426 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1427 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1058
 1428 msgid ""
 1429 "Default: not set (Return NULL if no shell is specified and rely on libc to "
 1430 "substitute something sensible when necessary, usually /bin/sh)"
 1431 msgstr ""
 1432 
 1433 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1434 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1065 sssd.conf.5.xml:1407
 1435 msgid "get_domains_timeout (int)"
 1436 msgstr ""
 1437 
 1438 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1439 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1068 sssd.conf.5.xml:1410
 1440 msgid ""
 1441 "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
 1442 "considered valid."
 1443 msgstr ""
 1444 
 1445 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1446 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1077
 1447 msgid "memcache_timeout (integer)"
 1448 msgstr ""
 1449 
 1450 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1451 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1080
 1452 msgid ""
 1453 "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
 1454 "valid. Setting this option to zero will disable the in-memory cache."
 1455 msgstr ""
 1456 
 1457 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1458 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1088
 1459 msgid ""
 1460 "WARNING: Disabling the in-memory cache will have significant negative impact "
 1461 "on SSSD's performance and should only be used for testing."
 1462 msgstr ""
 1463 
 1464 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1465 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1094 sssd.conf.5.xml:1119 sssd.conf.5.xml:1144
 1466 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1169
 1467 msgid ""
 1468 "NOTE: If the environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE is set to \"NO\", "
 1469 "client applications will not use the fast in-memory cache."
 1470 msgstr ""
 1471 
 1472 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1473 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1102
 1474 msgid "memcache_size_passwd (integer)"
 1475 msgstr ""
 1476 
 1477 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1478 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1105
 1479 msgid ""
 1480 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1481 "for passwd requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the passwd in-"
 1482 "memory cache."
 1483 msgstr ""
 1484 
 1485 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1486 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1111 sssd.conf.5.xml:2623 sssd-ldap.5.xml:513
 1487 msgid "Default: 8"
 1488 msgstr ""
 1489 
 1490 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1491 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1114 sssd.conf.5.xml:1139 sssd.conf.5.xml:1164
 1492 msgid ""
 1493 "WARNING: Disabled or too small in-memory cache can have significant negative "
 1494 "impact on SSSD's performance."
 1495 msgstr ""
 1496 
 1497 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1498 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1127
 1499 msgid "memcache_size_group (integer)"
 1500 msgstr ""
 1501 
 1502 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1503 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1130
 1504 msgid ""
 1505 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1506 "for group requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the group in-memory "
 1507 "cache."
 1508 msgstr ""
 1509 
 1510 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1511 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1136 sssd.conf.5.xml:3340 sssd-ldap.5.xml:453
 1512 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:495 sssd-krb5.5.xml:248 include/failover.xml:116
 1513 msgid "Default: 6"
 1514 msgstr ""
 1515 
 1516 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1517 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1152
 1518 msgid "memcache_size_initgroups (integer)"
 1519 msgstr ""
 1520 
 1521 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1522 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1155
 1523 msgid ""
 1524 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1525 "for initgroups requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the initgroups "
 1526 "in-memory cache."
 1527 msgstr ""
 1528 
 1529 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1530 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1177 sssd-ifp.5.xml:74
 1531 msgid "user_attributes (string)"
 1532 msgstr ""
 1533 
 1534 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1535 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1180
 1536 msgid ""
 1537 "Some of the additional NSS responder requests can return more attributes "
 1538 "than just the POSIX ones defined by the NSS interface. The list of "
 1539 "attributes is controlled by this option. It is handled the same way as the "
 1540 "<quote>user_attributes</quote> option of the InfoPipe responder (see "
 1541 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 1542 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) but with no default values."
 1543 msgstr ""
 1544 
 1545 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1546 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1193
 1547 msgid ""
 1548 "To make configuration more easy the NSS responder will check the InfoPipe "
 1549 "option if it is not set for the NSS responder."
 1550 msgstr ""
 1551 
 1552 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1553 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1198
 1554 msgid "Default: not set, fallback to InfoPipe option"
 1555 msgstr ""
 1556 
 1557 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1558 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1203
 1559 msgid "pwfield (string)"
 1560 msgstr ""
 1561 
 1562 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1563 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1206
 1564 msgid ""
 1565 "The value that NSS operations that return users or groups will return for "
 1566 "the <quote>password</quote> field."
 1567 msgstr ""
 1568 
 1569 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1570 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1211
 1571 msgid "Default: <quote>*</quote>"
 1572 msgstr ""
 1573 
 1574 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1575 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1214
 1576 msgid ""
 1577 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 1578 "[nss] section."
 1579 msgstr ""
 1580 
 1581 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1582 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1218
 1583 msgid ""
 1584 "Default: <quote>not set</quote> (remote domains), <quote>x</quote> (the "
 1585 "files domain), <quote>x</quote> (proxy domain with nss_files and sssd-"
 1586 "shadowutils target)"
 1587 msgstr ""
 1588 
 1589 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1590 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1228
 1591 msgid "PAM configuration options"
 1592 msgstr ""
 1593 
 1594 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1595 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1230
 1596 msgid ""
 1597 "These options can be used to configure the Pluggable Authentication Module "
 1598 "(PAM) service."
 1599 msgstr ""
 1600 
 1601 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1602 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1235
 1603 msgid "offline_credentials_expiration (integer)"
 1604 msgstr ""
 1605 
 1606 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1607 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1238
 1608 msgid ""
 1609 "If the authentication provider is offline, how long should we allow cached "
 1610 "logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
 1611 msgstr ""
 1612 
 1613 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1614 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1243 sssd.conf.5.xml:1256
 1615 msgid "Default: 0 (No limit)"
 1616 msgstr ""
 1617 
 1618 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1619 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1249
 1620 msgid "offline_failed_login_attempts (integer)"
 1621 msgstr ""
 1622 
 1623 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1624 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1252
 1625 msgid ""
 1626 "If the authentication provider is offline, how many failed login attempts "
 1627 "are allowed."
 1628 msgstr ""
 1629 
 1630 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1631 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1262
 1632 msgid "offline_failed_login_delay (integer)"
 1633 msgstr ""
 1634 
 1635 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1636 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1265
 1637 msgid ""
 1638 "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
 1639 "has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
 1640 msgstr ""
 1641 
 1642 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1643 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1270
 1644 msgid ""
 1645 "If set to 0 the user cannot authenticate offline if "
 1646 "offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached. Only a successful online "
 1647 "authentication can enable offline authentication again."
 1648 msgstr ""
 1649 
 1650 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1651 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1276 sssd.conf.5.xml:1374
 1652 msgid "Default: 5"
 1653 msgstr ""
 1654 
 1655 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1656 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1282
 1657 msgid "pam_verbosity (integer)"
 1658 msgstr ""
 1659 
 1660 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1661 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1285
 1662 msgid ""
 1663 "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication. "
 1664 "The higher the number to more messages are displayed."
 1665 msgstr ""
 1666 
 1667 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1668 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1290
 1669 msgid "Currently sssd supports the following values:"
 1670 msgstr ""
 1671 
 1672 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1673 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1293
 1674 msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: do not show any message"
 1675 msgstr ""
 1676 
 1677 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1678 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1296
 1679 msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: show only important messages"
 1680 msgstr ""
 1681 
 1682 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1683 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1300
 1684 msgid "<emphasis>2</emphasis>: show informational messages"
 1685 msgstr ""
 1686 
 1687 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1688 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1303
 1689 msgid "<emphasis>3</emphasis>: show all messages and debug information"
 1690 msgstr ""
 1691 
 1692 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1693 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1307 sssd.8.xml:63
 1694 msgid "Default: 1"
 1695 msgstr ""
 1696 
 1697 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1698 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1313
 1699 msgid "pam_response_filter (string)"
 1700 msgstr ""
 1701 
 1702 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1703 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1316
 1704 msgid ""
 1705 "A comma separated list of strings which allows to remove (filter) data sent "
 1706 "by the PAM responder to pam_sss PAM module. There are different kind of "
 1707 "responses sent to pam_sss e.g. messages displayed to the user or environment "
 1708 "variables which should be set by pam_sss."
 1709 msgstr ""
 1710 
 1711 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1712 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1324
 1713 msgid ""
 1714 "While messages already can be controlled with the help of the pam_verbosity "
 1715 "option this option allows to filter out other kind of responses as well."
 1716 msgstr ""
 1717 
 1718 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1719 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1331
 1720 msgid "ENV"
 1721 msgstr ""
 1722 
 1723 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1724 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1332
 1725 msgid "Do not send any environment variables to any service."
 1726 msgstr ""
 1727 
 1728 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1729 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1335
 1730 msgid "ENV:var_name"
 1731 msgstr ""
 1732 
 1733 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1734 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1336
 1735 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to any service."
 1736 msgstr ""
 1737 
 1738 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1739 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1340
 1740 msgid "ENV:var_name:service"
 1741 msgstr ""
 1742 
 1743 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1744 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1341
 1745 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to service."
 1746 msgstr ""
 1747 
 1748 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1749 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1329
 1750 msgid ""
 1751 "Currently the following filters are supported: <placeholder type="
 1752 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1753 msgstr ""
 1754 
 1755 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1756 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1351
 1757 msgid "Example: ENV:KRB5CCNAME:sudo-i"
 1758 msgstr ""
 1759 
 1760 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1761 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1357
 1762 msgid "pam_id_timeout (integer)"
 1763 msgstr ""
 1764 
 1765 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1766 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1360
 1767 msgid ""
 1768 "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
 1769 "immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
 1770 "ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
 1771 msgstr ""
 1772 
 1773 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1774 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1366
 1775 msgid ""
 1776 "A complete PAM conversation may perform multiple PAM requests, such as "
 1777 "account management and session opening. This option controls (on a per-"
 1778 "client-application basis) how long (in seconds) we can cache the identity "
 1779 "information to avoid excessive round-trips to the identity provider."
 1780 msgstr ""
 1781 
 1782 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1783 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1380
 1784 msgid "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 1785 msgstr ""
 1786 
 1787 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1788 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1383 sssd.conf.5.xml:2647
 1789 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
 1790 msgstr ""
 1791 
 1792 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1793 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1386
 1794 msgid ""
 1795 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 1796 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 1797 "cannot display a warning."
 1798 msgstr ""
 1799 
 1800 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1801 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1392 sssd.conf.5.xml:2650
 1802 msgid ""
 1803 "If zero is set, then this filter is not applied, i.e. if the expiration "
 1804 "warning was received from backend server, it will automatically be displayed."
 1805 msgstr ""
 1806 
 1807 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1808 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1397
 1809 msgid ""
 1810 "This setting can be overridden by setting <emphasis>pwd_expiration_warning</"
 1811 "emphasis> for a particular domain."
 1812 msgstr ""
 1813 
 1814 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1815 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1402 sssd.conf.5.xml:3534 sssd-ldap.5.xml:549 sssd.8.xml:79
 1816 msgid "Default: 0"
 1817 msgstr ""
 1818 
 1819 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1820 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1419
 1821 msgid "pam_trusted_users (string)"
 1822 msgstr ""
 1823 
 1824 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1825 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1422
 1826 msgid ""
 1827 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 1828 "allowed to run PAM conversations against trusted domains.  Users not "
 1829 "included in this list can only access domains marked as public with "
 1830 "<quote>pam_public_domains</quote>.  User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 1831 "startup."
 1832 msgstr ""
 1833 
 1834 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1835 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1432
 1836 msgid "Default: All users are considered trusted by default"
 1837 msgstr ""
 1838 
 1839 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1840 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1436
 1841 msgid ""
 1842 "Please note that UID 0 is always allowed to access the PAM responder even in "
 1843 "case it is not in the pam_trusted_users list."
 1844 msgstr ""
 1845 
 1846 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1847 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1443
 1848 msgid "pam_public_domains (string)"
 1849 msgstr ""
 1850 
 1851 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1852 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1446
 1853 msgid ""
 1854 "Specifies the comma-separated list of domain names that are accessible even "
 1855 "to untrusted users."
 1856 msgstr ""
 1857 
 1858 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1859 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1450
 1860 msgid "Two special values for pam_public_domains option are defined:"
 1861 msgstr ""
 1862 
 1863 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1864 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1454
 1865 msgid ""
 1866 "all (Untrusted users are allowed to access all domains in PAM responder.)"
 1867 msgstr ""
 1868 
 1869 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1870 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1458
 1871 msgid ""
 1872 "none (Untrusted users are not allowed to access any domains PAM in "
 1873 "responder.)"
 1874 msgstr ""
 1875 
 1876 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1877 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1462 sssd.conf.5.xml:1487 sssd.conf.5.xml:1506
 1878 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1684 sssd.conf.5.xml:2396 sssd.conf.5.xml:3463
 1879 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1091
 1880 msgid "Default: none"
 1881 msgstr ""
 1882 
 1883 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1884 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1467
 1885 msgid "pam_account_expired_message (string)"
 1886 msgstr ""
 1887 
 1888 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1889 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1470
 1890 msgid ""
 1891 "Allows a custom expiration message to be set, replacing the default "
 1892 "'Permission denied' message."
 1893 msgstr ""
 1894 
 1895 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1896 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1475
 1897 msgid ""
 1898 "Note: Please be aware that message is only printed for the SSH service "
 1899 "unless pam_verbosity is set to 3 (show all messages and debug information)."
 1900 msgstr ""
 1901 
 1902 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1903 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1483
 1904 #, no-wrap
 1905 msgid ""
 1906 "pam_account_expired_message = Account expired, please contact help desk.\n"
 1907 "                            "
 1908 msgstr ""
 1909 
 1910 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1911 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1492
 1912 msgid "pam_account_locked_message (string)"
 1913 msgstr ""
 1914 
 1915 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1916 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1495
 1917 msgid ""
 1918 "Allows a custom lockout message to be set, replacing the default 'Permission "
 1919 "denied' message."
 1920 msgstr ""
 1921 
 1922 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1923 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1502
 1924 #, no-wrap
 1925 msgid ""
 1926 "pam_account_locked_message = Account locked, please contact help desk.\n"
 1927 "                            "
 1928 msgstr ""
 1929 
 1930 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1931 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1511
 1932 msgid "pam_cert_auth (bool)"
 1933 msgstr ""
 1934 
 1935 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1936 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1514
 1937 msgid ""
 1938 "Enable certificate based Smartcard authentication.  Since this requires "
 1939 "additional communication with the Smartcard which will delay the "
 1940 "authentication process this option is disabled by default."
 1941 msgstr ""
 1942 
 1943 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1944 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1520 sssd-ldap.5.xml:590 sssd-ldap.5.xml:611
 1945 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1169 sssd-ad.5.xml:482 sssd-ad.5.xml:558 sssd-ad.5.xml:1103
 1946 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:1152 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:244
 1947 msgid "Default: False"
 1948 msgstr ""
 1949 
 1950 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1951 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1525
 1952 msgid "pam_cert_db_path (string)"
 1953 msgstr ""
 1954 
 1955 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1956 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1528
 1957 msgid "The path to the certificate database."
 1958 msgstr ""
 1959 
 1960 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1961 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1531 sssd.conf.5.xml:2016 sssd.conf.5.xml:3990
 1962 msgid "Default:"
 1963 msgstr ""
 1964 
 1965 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 1966 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1533 sssd.conf.5.xml:2018
 1967 msgid ""
 1968 "/etc/sssd/pki/sssd_auth_ca_db.pem (path to a file with trusted CA "
 1969 "certificates in PEM format)"
 1970 msgstr ""
 1971 
 1972 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1973 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1543
 1974 msgid "p11_child_timeout (integer)"
 1975 msgstr ""
 1976 
 1977 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1978 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1546
 1979 msgid "How many seconds will pam_sss wait for p11_child to finish."
 1980 msgstr ""
 1981 
 1982 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1983 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1555
 1984 msgid "pam_app_services (string)"
 1985 msgstr ""
 1986 
 1987 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1988 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1558
 1989 msgid ""
 1990 "Which PAM services are permitted to contact domains of type "
 1991 "<quote>application</quote>"
 1992 msgstr ""
 1993 
 1994 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1995 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1567
 1996 msgid "pam_p11_allowed_services (integer)"
 1997 msgstr ""
 1998 
 1999 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2000 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1570
 2001 msgid ""
 2002 "A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which it will be allowed to "
 2003 "use Smartcards."
 2004 msgstr ""
 2005 
 2006 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2007 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1585
 2008 #, no-wrap
 2009 msgid ""
 2010 "pam_p11_allowed_services = +my_pam_service, -login\n"
 2011 "                            "
 2012 msgstr ""
 2013 
 2014 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2015 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1574
 2016 msgid ""
 2017 "It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
 2018 "<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
 2019 "the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in order "
 2020 "to replace a default PAM service name for authentication with Smartcards (e."
 2021 "g. <quote>login</quote>) with a custom PAM service name (e.g. "
 2022 "<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
 2023 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2024 msgstr ""
 2025 
 2026 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2027 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1589 sssd-ad.5.xml:621 sssd-ad.5.xml:730 sssd-ad.5.xml:788
 2028 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:846 sssd-ad.5.xml:924
 2029 msgid "Default: the default set of PAM service names includes:"
 2030 msgstr ""
 2031 
 2032 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2033 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1594 sssd-ad.5.xml:625
 2034 msgid "login"
 2035 msgstr ""
 2036 
 2037 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2038 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1599 sssd-ad.5.xml:630
 2039 msgid "su"
 2040 msgstr ""
 2041 
 2042 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2043 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1604 sssd-ad.5.xml:635
 2044 msgid "su-l"
 2045 msgstr ""
 2046 
 2047 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2048 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1609 sssd-ad.5.xml:650
 2049 msgid "gdm-smartcard"
 2050 msgstr ""
 2051 
 2052 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2053 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1614 sssd-ad.5.xml:645
 2054 msgid "gdm-password"
 2055 msgstr ""
 2056 
 2057 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2058 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1619 sssd-ad.5.xml:655
 2059 msgid "kdm"
 2060 msgstr ""
 2061 
 2062 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2063 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1624 sssd-ad.5.xml:933
 2064 msgid "sudo"
 2065 msgstr ""
 2066 
 2067 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2068 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1629 sssd-ad.5.xml:938
 2069 msgid "sudo-i"
 2070 msgstr ""
 2071 
 2072 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2073 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1634
 2074 msgid "gnome-screensaver"
 2075 msgstr ""
 2076 
 2077 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2078 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1642
 2079 msgid "p11_wait_for_card_timeout (integer)"
 2080 msgstr ""
 2081 
 2082 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2083 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1645
 2084 msgid ""
 2085 "If Smartcard authentication is required how many extra seconds in addition "
 2086 "to p11_child_timeout should the PAM responder wait until a Smartcard is "
 2087 "inserted."
 2088 msgstr ""
 2089 
 2090 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2091 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1656
 2092 msgid "p11_uri (string)"
 2093 msgstr ""
 2094 
 2095 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2096 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1659
 2097 msgid ""
 2098 "PKCS#11 URI (see RFC-7512 for details) which can be used to restrict the "
 2099 "selection of devices used for Smartcard authentication. By default SSSD's "
 2100 "p11_child will search for a PKCS#11 slot (reader)  where the 'removable' "
 2101 "flags is set and read the certificates from the inserted token from the "
 2102 "first slot found. If multiple readers are connected p11_uri can be used to "
 2103 "tell p11_child to use a specific reader."
 2104 msgstr ""
 2105 
 2106 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2107 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1672
 2108 #, no-wrap
 2109 msgid ""
 2110 "p11_uri = slot-description=My%20Smartcard%20Reader\n"
 2111 "                            "
 2112 msgstr ""
 2113 
 2114 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2115 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1676
 2116 #, no-wrap
 2117 msgid ""
 2118 "p11_uri = library-description=OpenSC%20smartcard%20framework;slot-id=2\n"
 2119 "                            "
 2120 msgstr ""
 2121 
 2122 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2123 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1670
 2124 msgid ""
 2125 "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or <placeholder "
 2126 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/> To find suitable URI please check the "
 2127 "debug output of p11_child. As an alternative the GnuTLS utility 'p11tool' "
 2128 "with e.g. the '--list-all' will show PKCS#11 URIs as well."
 2129 msgstr ""
 2130 
 2131 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2132 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1689
 2133 msgid "pam_initgroups_scheme"
 2134 msgstr ""
 2135 
 2136 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2137 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1697
 2138 msgid "always"
 2139 msgstr ""
 2140 
 2141 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2142 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1698
 2143 msgid ""
 2144 "Always do an online lookup, please note that pam_id_timeout still applies"
 2145 msgstr ""
 2146 
 2147 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2148 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1702
 2149 msgid "no_session"
 2150 msgstr ""
 2151 
 2152 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2153 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1703
 2154 msgid ""
 2155 "Only do an online lookup if there is no active session of the user, i.e. if "
 2156 "the user is currently not logged in"
 2157 msgstr ""
 2158 
 2159 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2160 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1708
 2161 msgid "never"
 2162 msgstr ""
 2163 
 2164 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2165 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1709
 2166 msgid ""
 2167 "Never force an online lookup, use the data from the cache as long as they "
 2168 "are not expired"
 2169 msgstr ""
 2170 
 2171 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2172 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1692
 2173 msgid ""
 2174 "The PAM responder can force an online lookup to get the current group "
 2175 "memberships of the user trying to log in. This option controls when this "
 2176 "should be done and the following values are allowed: <placeholder type="
 2177 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2178 msgstr ""
 2179 
 2180 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2181 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1716
 2182 msgid "Default: no_session"
 2183 msgstr ""
 2184 
 2185 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2186 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1721 sssd.conf.5.xml:3929
 2187 msgid "pam_gssapi_services"
 2188 msgstr ""
 2189 
 2190 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2191 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1724
 2192 msgid ""
 2193 "Comma separated list of PAM services that are allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2194 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2195 msgstr ""
 2196 
 2197 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2198 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1729
 2199 msgid ""
 2200 "To disable GSSAPI authentication, set this option to <quote>-</quote> (dash)."
 2201 msgstr ""
 2202 
 2203 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2204 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1733 sssd.conf.5.xml:1764 sssd.conf.5.xml:1802
 2205 msgid ""
 2206 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 2207 "[pam] section. It can also be set for trusted domain which overwrites the "
 2208 "value in the domain section."
 2209 msgstr ""
 2210 
 2211 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2212 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1741
 2213 #, no-wrap
 2214 msgid ""
 2215 "pam_gssapi_services = sudo, sudo-i\n"
 2216 "                            "
 2217 msgstr ""
 2218 
 2219 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2220 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1739 sssd.conf.5.xml:3457 sssd-secrets.5.xml:448
 2221 msgid "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2222 msgstr ""
 2223 
 2224 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2225 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1745
 2226 msgid "Default: - (GSSAPI authentication is disabled)"
 2227 msgstr ""
 2228 
 2229 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2230 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1750 sssd.conf.5.xml:3930
 2231 msgid "pam_gssapi_check_upn"
 2232 msgstr ""
 2233 
 2234 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2235 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1753
 2236 msgid ""
 2237 "If True, SSSD will require that the Kerberos user principal that "
 2238 "successfully authenticated through GSSAPI can be associated with the user "
 2239 "who is being authenticated. Authentication will fail if the check fails."
 2240 msgstr ""
 2241 
 2242 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2243 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1760
 2244 msgid ""
 2245 "If False, every user that is able to obtained required service ticket will "
 2246 "be authenticated."
 2247 msgstr ""
 2248 
 2249 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2250 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1770 sssd-ad.5.xml:1243 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:76
 2251 msgid "Default: True"
 2252 msgstr ""
 2253 
 2254 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2255 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1775
 2256 msgid "pam_gssapi_indicators_map"
 2257 msgstr ""
 2258 
 2259 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2260 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1778
 2261 msgid ""
 2262 "Comma separated list of authentication indicators required to be present in "
 2263 "a Kerberos ticket to access a PAM service that is allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2264 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2265 msgstr ""
 2266 
 2267 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2268 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1784
 2269 msgid ""
 2270 "Each element of the list can be either an authentication indicator name or a "
 2271 "pair <quote>service:indicator</quote>. Indicators not prefixed with the PAM "
 2272 "service name will be required to access any PAM service configured to be "
 2273 "used with <option>pam_gssapi_services</option>. A resulting list of "
 2274 "indicators per PAM service is then checked against indicators in the "
 2275 "Kerberos ticket during authentication by pam_sss_gss.so. Any indicator from "
 2276 "the ticket that matches the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service "
 2277 "would grant access. If none of the indicators in the list match, access will "
 2278 "be denied. If the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service is empty, "
 2279 "the check will not prevent the access."
 2280 msgstr ""
 2281 
 2282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2283 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1797
 2284 msgid ""
 2285 "To disable GSSAPI authentication indicator check, set this option to <quote>-"
 2286 "</quote> (dash). To disable the check for a specific PAM service, add "
 2287 "<quote>service:-</quote>."
 2288 msgstr ""
 2289 
 2290 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2291 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1808
 2292 msgid ""
 2293 "Following authentication indicators are supported by IPA Kerberos "
 2294 "deployments:"
 2295 msgstr ""
 2296 
 2297 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2298 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1811
 2299 msgid ""
 2300 "pkinit -- pre-authentication using X.509 certificates -- whether stored in "
 2301 "files or on smart cards."
 2302 msgstr ""
 2303 
 2304 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2305 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1814
 2306 msgid ""
 2307 "hardened -- SPAKE pre-authentication or any pre-authentication wrapped in a "
 2308 "FAST channel."
 2309 msgstr ""
 2310 
 2311 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2312 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1817
 2313 msgid "radius -- pre-authentication with the help of a RADIUS server."
 2314 msgstr ""
 2315 
 2316 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2317 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1820
 2318 msgid ""
 2319 "otp -- pre-authentication using integrated two-factor authentication (2FA or "
 2320 "one-time password, OTP) in IPA."
 2321 msgstr ""
 2322 
 2323 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2324 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1830
 2325 #, no-wrap
 2326 msgid ""
 2327 "pam_gssapi_indicators_map = sudo:pkinit, sudo-i:pkinit\n"
 2328 "                            "
 2329 msgstr ""
 2330 
 2331 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2332 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1825
 2333 msgid ""
 2334 "Example: to require access to SUDO services only for users which obtained "
 2335 "their Kerberos tickets with a X.509 certificate pre-authentication (PKINIT), "
 2336 "set <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2337 msgstr ""
 2338 
 2339 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2340 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1834
 2341 msgid "Default: not set (use of authentication indicators is not required)"
 2342 msgstr ""
 2343 
 2344 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2345 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1842
 2346 msgid "SUDO configuration options"
 2347 msgstr ""
 2348 
 2349 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2350 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1844
 2351 msgid ""
 2352 "These options can be used to configure the sudo service.  The detailed "
 2353 "instructions for configuration of <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudo</"
 2354 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to work with "
 2355 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 2356 "</citerefentry> are in the manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2357 "sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2358 msgstr ""
 2359 
 2360 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2361 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1861
 2362 msgid "sudo_timed (bool)"
 2363 msgstr ""
 2364 
 2365 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2366 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1864
 2367 msgid ""
 2368 "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
 2369 "that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
 2370 msgstr ""
 2371 
 2372 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2373 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1876
 2374 msgid "sudo_threshold (integer)"
 2375 msgstr ""
 2376 
 2377 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2378 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1879
 2379 msgid ""
 2380 "Maximum number of expired rules that can be refreshed at once. If number of "
 2381 "expired rules is below threshold, those rules are refreshed with "
 2382 "<quote>rules refresh</quote> mechanism. If the threshold is exceeded a "
 2383 "<quote>full refresh</quote> of sudo rules is triggered instead. This "
 2384 "threshold number also applies to IPA sudo command and command group searches."
 2385 msgstr ""
 2386 
 2387 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2388 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1898
 2389 msgid "AUTOFS configuration options"
 2390 msgstr ""
 2391 
 2392 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2393 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1900
 2394 msgid "These options can be used to configure the autofs service."
 2395 msgstr ""
 2396 
 2397 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2398 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1904
 2399 msgid "autofs_negative_timeout (integer)"
 2400 msgstr ""
 2401 
 2402 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2403 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1907
 2404 msgid ""
 2405 "Specifies for how many seconds should the autofs responder negative cache "
 2406 "hits (that is, queries for invalid map entries, like nonexistent ones) "
 2407 "before asking the back end again."
 2408 msgstr ""
 2409 
 2410 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2411 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1923
 2412 msgid "SSH configuration options"
 2413 msgstr ""
 2414 
 2415 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2416 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1925
 2417 msgid "These options can be used to configure the SSH service."
 2418 msgstr ""
 2419 
 2420 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2421 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1929
 2422 msgid "ssh_hash_known_hosts (bool)"
 2423 msgstr ""
 2424 
 2425 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2426 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1932
 2427 msgid ""
 2428 "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
 2429 "file."
 2430 msgstr ""
 2431 
 2432 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2433 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1941
 2434 msgid "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (integer)"
 2435 msgstr ""
 2436 
 2437 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2438 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1944
 2439 msgid ""
 2440 "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
 2441 "host keys were requested."
 2442 msgstr ""
 2443 
 2444 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2445 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1948
 2446 msgid "Default: 180"
 2447 msgstr ""
 2448 
 2449 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2450 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1953
 2451 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_keys (bool)"
 2452 msgstr ""
 2453 
 2454 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2455 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1956
 2456 msgid ""
 2457 "If set to true the <command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> will return ssh "
 2458 "keys derived from the public key of X.509 certificates stored in the user "
 2459 "entry as well. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 2460 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
 2461 msgstr ""
 2462 
 2463 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2464 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1971
 2465 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_matching_rules (string)"
 2466 msgstr ""
 2467 
 2468 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2469 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1974
 2470 msgid ""
 2471 "By default the ssh responder will use all available certificate matching "
 2472 "rules to filter the certificates so that ssh keys are only derived from the "
 2473 "matching ones. With this option the used rules can be restricted with a "
 2474 "comma separated list of mapping and matching rule names. All other rules "
 2475 "will be ignored."
 2476 msgstr ""
 2477 
 2478 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2479 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1983
 2480 msgid ""
 2481 "There are two special key words 'all_rules' and 'no_rules' which will enable "
 2482 "all or no rules, respectively. The latter means that no certificates will be "
 2483 "filtered out and ssh keys will be generated from all valid certificates."
 2484 msgstr ""
 2485 
 2486 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2487 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1990
 2488 msgid ""
 2489 "If no rules are configured using 'all_rules' will enable a default rule "
 2490 "which enables all certificates suitable for client authentication.  This is "
 2491 "the same behavior as for the PAM responder if certificate authentication is "
 2492 "enabled."
 2493 msgstr ""
 2494 
 2495 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2496 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1997
 2497 msgid ""
 2498 "A non-existing rule name is considered an error.  If as a result no rule is "
 2499 "selected all certificates will be ignored."
 2500 msgstr ""
 2501 
 2502 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2503 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2002
 2504 msgid ""
 2505 "Default: not set, equivalent to 'all_rules', all found rules or the default "
 2506 "rule are used"
 2507 msgstr ""
 2508 
 2509 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2510 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2008
 2511 msgid "ca_db (string)"
 2512 msgstr ""
 2513 
 2514 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2515 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2011
 2516 msgid ""
 2517 "Path to a storage of trusted CA certificates. The option is used to validate "
 2518 "user certificates before deriving public ssh keys from them."
 2519 msgstr ""
 2520 
 2521 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2522 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2031
 2523 msgid "PAC responder configuration options"
 2524 msgstr ""
 2525 
 2526 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2527 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2033
 2528 msgid ""
 2529 "The PAC responder works together with the authorization data plugin for MIT "
 2530 "Kerberos sssd_pac_plugin.so and a sub-domain provider. The plugin sends the "
 2531 "PAC data during a GSSAPI authentication to the PAC responder. The sub-domain "
 2532 "provider collects domain SID and ID ranges of the domain the client is "
 2533 "joined to and of remote trusted domains from the local domain controller. If "
 2534 "the PAC is decoded and evaluated some of the following operations are done:"
 2535 msgstr ""
 2536 
 2537 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2538 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2042
 2539 msgid ""
 2540 "If the remote user does not exist in the cache, it is created. The UID is "
 2541 "determined with the help of the SID, trusted domains will have UPGs and the "
 2542 "GID will have the same value as the UID. The home directory is set based on "
 2543 "the subdomain_homedir parameter. The shell will be empty by default, i.e. "
 2544 "the system defaults are used, but can be overwritten with the default_shell "
 2545 "parameter."
 2546 msgstr ""
 2547 
 2548 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2549 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2050
 2550 msgid ""
 2551 "If there are SIDs of groups from domains sssd knows about, the user will be "
 2552 "added to those groups."
 2553 msgstr ""
 2554 
 2555 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2556 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2056
 2557 msgid "These options can be used to configure the PAC responder."
 2558 msgstr ""
 2559 
 2560 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2561 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2060 sssd-ifp.5.xml:50
 2562 msgid "allowed_uids (string)"
 2563 msgstr ""
 2564 
 2565 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2566 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2063
 2567 msgid ""
 2568 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 2569 "allowed to access the PAC responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 2570 "startup."
 2571 msgstr ""
 2572 
 2573 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2574 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2069
 2575 msgid "Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the PAC responder)"
 2576 msgstr ""
 2577 
 2578 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2579 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2073
 2580 msgid ""
 2581 "Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be "
 2582 "overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to "
 2583 "access the PAC responder, which would be the typical case, you have to add 0 "
 2584 "to the list of allowed UIDs as well."
 2585 msgstr ""
 2586 
 2587 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2588 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2082
 2589 msgid "pac_lifetime (integer)"
 2590 msgstr ""
 2591 
 2592 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2593 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2085
 2594 msgid ""
 2595 "Lifetime of the PAC entry in seconds. As long as the PAC is valid the PAC "
 2596 "data can be used to determine the group memberships of a user."
 2597 msgstr ""
 2598 
 2599 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2600 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2098
 2601 msgid "Session recording configuration options"
 2602 msgstr ""
 2603 
 2604 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2605 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2100
 2606 msgid ""
 2607 "Session recording works in conjunction with <citerefentry> "
 2608 "<refentrytitle>tlog-rec-session</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 2609 "citerefentry>, a part of tlog package, to log what users see and type when "
 2610 "they log in on a text terminal.  See also <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2611 "session-recording</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2612 msgstr ""
 2613 
 2614 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2615 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2113
 2616 msgid "These options can be used to configure session recording."
 2617 msgstr ""
 2618 
 2619 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2620 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2117 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:64
 2621 msgid "scope (string)"
 2622 msgstr ""
 2623 
 2624 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2625 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2124 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:71
 2626 msgid "\"none\""
 2627 msgstr ""
 2628 
 2629 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2630 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2127 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:74
 2631 msgid "No users are recorded."
 2632 msgstr ""
 2633 
 2634 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2635 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2132 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:79
 2636 msgid "\"some\""
 2637 msgstr ""
 2638 
 2639 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2640 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2135 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:82
 2641 msgid ""
 2642 "Users/groups specified by <replaceable>users</replaceable> and "
 2643 "<replaceable>groups</replaceable> options are recorded."
 2644 msgstr ""
 2645 
 2646 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2647 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2144 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:91
 2648 msgid "\"all\""
 2649 msgstr ""
 2650 
 2651 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2652 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2147 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:94
 2653 msgid "All users are recorded."
 2654 msgstr ""
 2655 
 2656 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2657 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:67
 2658 msgid ""
 2659 "One of the following strings specifying the scope of session recording: "
 2660 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2661 msgstr ""
 2662 
 2663 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2664 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2154 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:101
 2665 msgid "Default: \"none\""
 2666 msgstr ""
 2667 
 2668 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2669 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2159 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:106
 2670 msgid "users (string)"
 2671 msgstr ""
 2672 
 2673 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2674 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2162 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:109
 2675 msgid ""
 2676 "A comma-separated list of users which should have session recording enabled. "
 2677 "Matches user names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the possible space "
 2678 "replacement, case changes, etc."
 2679 msgstr ""
 2680 
 2681 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2682 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2168 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:115
 2683 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no users."
 2684 msgstr ""
 2685 
 2686 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2687 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2173 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:120
 2688 msgid "groups (string)"
 2689 msgstr ""
 2690 
 2691 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2692 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2176 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:123
 2693 msgid ""
 2694 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should have session "
 2695 "recording enabled. Matches group names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the "
 2696 "possible space replacement, case changes, etc."
 2697 msgstr ""
 2698 
 2699 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2700 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2182 sssd.conf.5.xml:2214 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:129
 2701 #: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:161
 2702 msgid ""
 2703 "NOTE: using this option (having it set to anything) has a considerable "
 2704 "performance cost, because each uncached request for a user requires "
 2705 "retrieving and matching the groups the user is member of."
 2706 msgstr ""
 2707 
 2708 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2709 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2189 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:136
 2710 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no groups."
 2711 msgstr ""
 2712 
 2713 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2714 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2194 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:141
 2715 msgid "exclude_users (string)"
 2716 msgstr ""
 2717 
 2718 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2719 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2197 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:144
 2720 msgid ""
 2721 "A comma-separated list of users to be excluded from recording, only "
 2722 "applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2723 msgstr ""
 2724 
 2725 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2726 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2201 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:148
 2727 msgid "Default: Empty. No users excluded."
 2728 msgstr ""
 2729 
 2730 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2731 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2206 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:153
 2732 msgid "exclude_groups (string)"
 2733 msgstr ""
 2734 
 2735 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2736 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2209 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:156
 2737 msgid ""
 2738 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should be excluded from "
 2739 "recording. Only applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2740 msgstr ""
 2741 
 2742 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2743 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2221 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:168
 2744 msgid "Default: Empty. No groups excluded."
 2745 msgstr ""
 2746 
 2747 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 2748 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2231
 2749 msgid "DOMAIN SECTIONS"
 2750 msgstr ""
 2751 
 2752 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2753 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2238
 2754 msgid "enabled"
 2755 msgstr ""
 2756 
 2757 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2758 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2241
 2759 msgid ""
 2760 "Explicitly enable or disable the domain. If <quote>true</quote>, the domain "
 2761 "is always <quote>enabled</quote>. If <quote>false</quote>, the domain is "
 2762 "always <quote>disabled</quote>. If this option is not set, the domain is "
 2763 "enabled only if it is listed in the domains option in the <quote>[sssd]</"
 2764 "quote> section."
 2765 msgstr ""
 2766 
 2767 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2768 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2253
 2769 msgid "domain_type (string)"
 2770 msgstr ""
 2771 
 2772 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2773 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2256
 2774 msgid ""
 2775 "Specifies whether the domain is meant to be used by POSIX-aware clients such "
 2776 "as the Name Service Switch or by applications that do not need POSIX data to "
 2777 "be present or generated. Only objects from POSIX domains are available to "
 2778 "the operating system interfaces and utilities."
 2779 msgstr ""
 2780 
 2781 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2782 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2264
 2783 msgid ""
 2784 "Allowed values for this option are <quote>posix</quote> and "
 2785 "<quote>application</quote>."
 2786 msgstr ""
 2787 
 2788 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2789 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2268
 2790 msgid ""
 2791 "POSIX domains are reachable by all services. Application domains are only "
 2792 "reachable from the InfoPipe responder (see <citerefentry> "
 2793 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 2794 "citerefentry>) and the PAM responder."
 2795 msgstr ""
 2796 
 2797 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2798 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2276
 2799 msgid ""
 2800 "NOTE: The application domains are currently well tested with "
 2801 "<quote>id_provider=ldap</quote> only."
 2802 msgstr ""
 2803 
 2804 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2805 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2280
 2806 msgid ""
 2807 "For an easy way to configure a non-POSIX domains, please see the "
 2808 "<quote>Application domains</quote> section."
 2809 msgstr ""
 2810 
 2811 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2812 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2284
 2813 msgid "Default: posix"
 2814 msgstr ""
 2815 
 2816 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2817 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2290
 2818 msgid "min_id,max_id (integer)"
 2819 msgstr ""
 2820 
 2821 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2822 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2293
 2823 msgid ""
 2824 "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
 2825 "outside these limits, it is ignored."
 2826 msgstr ""
 2827 
 2828 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2829 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2298
 2830 msgid ""
 2831 "For users, this affects the primary GID limit. The user will not be returned "
 2832 "to NSS if either the UID or the primary GID is outside the range. For non-"
 2833 "primary group memberships, those that are in range will be reported as "
 2834 "expected."
 2835 msgstr ""
 2836 
 2837 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2838 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2305
 2839 msgid ""
 2840 "These ID limits affect even saving entries to cache, not only returning them "
 2841 "by name or ID."
 2842 msgstr ""
 2843 
 2844 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2845 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2309
 2846 msgid "Default: 1 for min_id, 0 (no limit) for max_id"
 2847 msgstr ""
 2848 
 2849 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2850 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2315
 2851 msgid "enumerate (bool)"
 2852 msgstr ""
 2853 
 2854 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2855 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2318
 2856 msgid ""
 2857 "Determines if a domain can be enumerated, that is, whether the domain can "
 2858 "list all the users and group it contains. Note that it is not required to "
 2859 "enable enumeration in order for secondary groups to be displayed. This "
 2860 "parameter can have one of the following values:"
 2861 msgstr ""
 2862 
 2863 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2864 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2326
 2865 msgid "TRUE = Users and groups are enumerated"
 2866 msgstr ""
 2867 
 2868 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2869 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2329
 2870 msgid "FALSE = No enumerations for this domain"
 2871 msgstr ""
 2872 
 2873 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2874 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2332 sssd.conf.5.xml:2602 sssd.conf.5.xml:2778
 2875 msgid "Default: FALSE"
 2876 msgstr ""
 2877 
 2878 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2879 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2335
 2880 msgid ""
 2881 "Enumerating a domain requires SSSD to download and store ALL user and group "
 2882 "entries from the remote server."
 2883 msgstr ""
 2884 
 2885 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2886 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2340
 2887 msgid ""
 2888 "Note: Enabling enumeration has a moderate performance impact on SSSD while "
 2889 "enumeration is running. It may take up to several minutes after SSSD startup "
 2890 "to fully complete enumerations.  During this time, individual requests for "
 2891 "information will go directly to LDAP, though it may be slow, due to the "
 2892 "heavy enumeration processing. Saving a large number of entries to cache "
 2893 "after the enumeration completes might also be CPU intensive as the "
 2894 "memberships have to be recomputed. This can lead to the <quote>sssd_be</"
 2895 "quote> process becoming unresponsive or even restarted by the internal "
 2896 "watchdog."
 2897 msgstr ""
 2898 
 2899 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2900 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2355
 2901 msgid ""
 2902 "While the first enumeration is running, requests for the complete user or "
 2903 "group lists may return no results until it completes."
 2904 msgstr ""
 2905 
 2906 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2907 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2360
 2908 msgid ""
 2909 "Further, enabling enumeration may increase the time necessary to detect "
 2910 "network disconnection, as longer timeouts are required to ensure that "
 2911 "enumeration lookups are completed successfully.  For more information, refer "
 2912 "to the man pages for the specific id_provider in use."
 2913 msgstr ""
 2914 
 2915 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2916 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2368
 2917 msgid ""
 2918 "For the reasons cited above, enabling enumeration is not recommended, "
 2919 "especially in large environments."
 2920 msgstr ""
 2921 
 2922 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2923 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2376
 2924 msgid "subdomain_enumerate (string)"
 2925 msgstr ""
 2926 
 2927 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2928 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2383
 2929 msgid "all"
 2930 msgstr ""
 2931 
 2932 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2933 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2384
 2934 msgid "All discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 2935 msgstr ""
 2936 
 2937 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2938 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2387
 2939 msgid "none"
 2940 msgstr ""
 2941 
 2942 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2943 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2388
 2944 msgid "No discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 2945 msgstr ""
 2946 
 2947 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2948 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2379
 2949 msgid ""
 2950 "Whether any of autodetected trusted domains should be enumerated. The "
 2951 "supported values are: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> "
 2952 "Optionally, a list of one or more domain names can enable enumeration just "
 2953 "for these trusted domains."
 2954 msgstr ""
 2955 
 2956 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2957 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2402
 2958 msgid "entry_cache_timeout (integer)"
 2959 msgstr ""
 2960 
 2961 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2962 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2405
 2963 msgid ""
 2964 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider entries valid before asking the "
 2965 "backend again"
 2966 msgstr ""
 2967 
 2968 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2969 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2409
 2970 msgid ""
 2971 "The cache expiration timestamps are stored as attributes of individual "
 2972 "objects in the cache. Therefore, changing the cache timeout only has effect "
 2973 "for newly added or expired entries.  You should run the <citerefentry> "
 2974 "<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 2975 "citerefentry> tool in order to force refresh of entries that have already "
 2976 "been cached."
 2977 msgstr ""
 2978 
 2979 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2980 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2422
 2981 msgid "Default: 5400"
 2982 msgstr ""
 2983 
 2984 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2985 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2428
 2986 msgid "entry_cache_user_timeout (integer)"
 2987 msgstr ""
 2988 
 2989 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2990 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2431
 2991 msgid ""
 2992 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider user entries valid before asking "
 2993 "the backend again"
 2994 msgstr ""
 2995 
 2996 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2997 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2435 sssd.conf.5.xml:2448 sssd.conf.5.xml:2461
 2998 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2474 sssd.conf.5.xml:2488 sssd.conf.5.xml:2501
 2999 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2515 sssd.conf.5.xml:2529 sssd.conf.5.xml:2542
 3000 msgid "Default: entry_cache_timeout"
 3001 msgstr ""
 3002 
 3003 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3004 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2441
 3005 msgid "entry_cache_group_timeout (integer)"
 3006 msgstr ""
 3007 
 3008 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3009 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2444
 3010 msgid ""
 3011 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider group entries valid before asking "
 3012 "the backend again"
 3013 msgstr ""
 3014 
 3015 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3016 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2454
 3017 msgid "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (integer)"
 3018 msgstr ""
 3019 
 3020 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3021 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2457
 3022 msgid ""
 3023 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider netgroup entries valid before "
 3024 "asking the backend again"
 3025 msgstr ""
 3026 
 3027 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3028 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2467
 3029 msgid "entry_cache_service_timeout (integer)"
 3030 msgstr ""
 3031 
 3032 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3033 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2470
 3034 msgid ""
 3035 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider service entries valid before asking "
 3036 "the backend again"
 3037 msgstr ""
 3038 
 3039 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3040 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2480
 3041 msgid "entry_cache_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 3042 msgstr ""
 3043 
 3044 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3045 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2483
 3046 msgid ""
 3047 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider hosts and networks entries valid "
 3048 "before asking the backend again"
 3049 msgstr ""
 3050 
 3051 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3052 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2494
 3053 msgid "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (integer)"
 3054 msgstr ""
 3055 
 3056 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3057 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2497
 3058 msgid ""
 3059 "How many seconds should sudo consider rules valid before asking the backend "
 3060 "again"
 3061 msgstr ""
 3062 
 3063 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3064 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2507
 3065 msgid "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (integer)"
 3066 msgstr ""
 3067 
 3068 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3069 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2510
 3070 msgid ""
 3071 "How many seconds should the autofs service consider automounter maps valid "
 3072 "before asking the backend again"
 3073 msgstr ""
 3074 
 3075 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3076 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2521
 3077 msgid "entry_cache_ssh_host_timeout (integer)"
 3078 msgstr ""
 3079 
 3080 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3081 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2524
 3082 msgid ""
 3083 "How many seconds to keep a host ssh key after refresh. IE how long to cache "
 3084 "the host key for."
 3085 msgstr ""
 3086 
 3087 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3088 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2535
 3089 msgid "entry_cache_computer_timeout (integer)"
 3090 msgstr ""
 3091 
 3092 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3093 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2538
 3094 msgid ""
 3095 "How many seconds to keep the local computer entry before asking the backend "
 3096 "again"
 3097 msgstr ""
 3098 
 3099 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3100 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2548
 3101 msgid "refresh_expired_interval (integer)"
 3102 msgstr ""
 3103 
 3104 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3105 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2551
 3106 msgid ""
 3107 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before triggering a background "
 3108 "refresh task which will refresh all expired or nearly expired records."
 3109 msgstr ""
 3110 
 3111 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3112 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2556
 3113 msgid ""
 3114 "The background refresh will process users, groups and netgroups in the "
 3115 "cache. For users who have performed the initgroups (get group membership for "
 3116 "user, typically ran at login)  operation in the past, both the user entry "
 3117 "and the group membership are updated."
 3118 msgstr ""
 3119 
 3120 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3121 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2564
 3122 msgid "This option is automatically inherited for all trusted domains."
 3123 msgstr ""
 3124 
 3125 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3126 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2568
 3127 msgid "You can consider setting this value to 3/4 * entry_cache_timeout."
 3128 msgstr ""
 3129 
 3130 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3131 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2572
 3132 msgid ""
 3133 "Cache entry will be refreshed by background task when 2/3 of cache timeout "
 3134 "has already passed.  If there are existing cached entries, the background "
 3135 "task will refer to their original cache timeout values instead of current "
 3136 "configuration value.  This may lead to a situation in which background "
 3137 "refresh task appears to not be working. This is done by design to improve "
 3138 "offline mode operation and reuse of existing valid cache entries.  To make "
 3139 "this change instant the user may want to manually invalidate existing cache."
 3140 msgstr ""
 3141 
 3142 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3143 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2585 sssd-ldap.5.xml:350 sssd-ipa.5.xml:269
 3144 msgid "Default: 0 (disabled)"
 3145 msgstr ""
 3146 
 3147 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3148 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2591
 3149 msgid "cache_credentials (bool)"
 3150 msgstr ""
 3151 
 3152 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3153 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2594
 3154 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache"
 3155 msgstr ""
 3156 
 3157 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3158 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2598
 3159 msgid "User credentials are stored in a SHA512 hash, not in plaintext"
 3160 msgstr ""
 3161 
 3162 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3163 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2608
 3164 msgid "cache_credentials_minimal_first_factor_length (int)"
 3165 msgstr ""
 3166 
 3167 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3168 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2611
 3169 msgid ""
 3170 "If 2-Factor-Authentication (2FA) is used and credentials should be saved "
 3171 "this value determines the minimal length the first authentication factor "
 3172 "(long term password) must have to be saved as SHA512 hash into the cache."
 3173 msgstr ""
 3174 
 3175 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3176 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2618
 3177 msgid ""
 3178 "This should avoid that the short PINs of a PIN based 2FA scheme are saved in "
 3179 "the cache which would make them easy targets for brute-force attacks."
 3180 msgstr ""
 3181 
 3182 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3183 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2629
 3184 msgid "account_cache_expiration (integer)"
 3185 msgstr ""
 3186 
 3187 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3188 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2632
 3189 msgid ""
 3190 "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
 3191 "being removed during a cleanup of the cache. 0 means keep forever.  The "
 3192 "value of this parameter must be greater than or equal to "
 3193 "offline_credentials_expiration."
 3194 msgstr ""
 3195 
 3196 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3197 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2639
 3198 msgid "Default: 0 (unlimited)"
 3199 msgstr ""
 3200 
 3201 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3202 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2644
 3203 msgid "pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 3204 msgstr ""
 3205 
 3206 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3207 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2655
 3208 msgid ""
 3209 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 3210 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 3211 "cannot display a warning. Also an auth provider has to be configured for the "
 3212 "backend."
 3213 msgstr ""
 3214 
 3215 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3216 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2662
 3217 msgid "Default: 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)"
 3218 msgstr ""
 3219 
 3220 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3221 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2668
 3222 msgid "id_provider (string)"
 3223 msgstr ""
 3224 
 3225 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3226 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2671
 3227 msgid ""
 3228 "The identification provider used for the domain.  Supported ID providers are:"
 3229 msgstr ""
 3230 
 3231 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3232 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2675
 3233 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote>: Support a legacy NSS provider."
 3234 msgstr ""
 3235 
 3236 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3237 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2678
 3238 msgid ""
 3239 "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users (DEPRECATED)."
 3240 msgstr ""
 3241 
 3242 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3243 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2682
 3244 msgid ""
 3245 "<quote>files</quote>: FILES provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3246 "files</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3247 "information on how to mirror local users and groups into SSSD."
 3248 msgstr ""
 3249 
 3250 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3251 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2690
 3252 msgid ""
 3253 "<quote>ldap</quote>: LDAP provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3254 "ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3255 "information on configuring LDAP."
 3256 msgstr ""
 3257 
 3258 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3259 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2698 sssd.conf.5.xml:2804 sssd.conf.5.xml:2859
 3260 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2922
 3261 msgid ""
 3262 "<quote>ipa</quote>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management "
 3263 "provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> "
 3264 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3265 "FreeIPA."
 3266 msgstr ""
 3267 
 3268 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3269 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2707 sssd.conf.5.xml:2813 sssd.conf.5.xml:2868
 3270 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2931
 3271 msgid ""
 3272 "<quote>ad</quote>: Active Directory provider. See <citerefentry> "
 3273 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3274 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Active Directory."
 3275 msgstr ""
 3276 
 3277 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3278 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2718
 3279 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names (bool)"
 3280 msgstr ""
 3281 
 3282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3283 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2721
 3284 msgid ""
 3285 "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
 3286 "as the user's login name reported to NSS."
 3287 msgstr ""
 3288 
 3289 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3290 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2726
 3291 msgid ""
 3292 "If set to TRUE, all requests to this domain must use fully qualified names. "
 3293 "For example, if used in LOCAL domain that contains a \"test\" user, "
 3294 "<command>getent passwd test</command> wouldn't find the user while "
 3295 "<command>getent passwd test@LOCAL</command> would."
 3296 msgstr ""
 3297 
 3298 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3299 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2734
 3300 msgid ""
 3301 "NOTE: This option has no effect on netgroup lookups due to their tendency to "
 3302 "include nested netgroups without qualified names. For netgroups, all domains "
 3303 "will be searched when an unqualified name is requested."
 3304 msgstr ""
 3305 
 3306 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3307 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2741
 3308 msgid ""
 3309 "Default: FALSE (TRUE for trusted domain/sub-domains or if "
 3310 "default_domain_suffix is used)"
 3311 msgstr ""
 3312 
 3313 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3314 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2748
 3315 msgid "ignore_group_members (bool)"
 3316 msgstr ""
 3317 
 3318 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3319 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2751
 3320 msgid "Do not return group members for group lookups."
 3321 msgstr ""
 3322 
 3323 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3324 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2754
 3325 msgid ""
 3326 "If set to TRUE, the group membership attribute is not requested from the "
 3327 "ldap server, and group members are not returned when processing group lookup "
 3328 "calls, such as <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getgrnam</refentrytitle> "
 3329 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> or <citerefentry> "
 3330 "<refentrytitle>getgrgid</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </"
 3331 "citerefentry>.  As an effect, <quote>getent group $groupname</quote> would "
 3332 "return the requested group as if it was empty."
 3333 msgstr ""
 3334 
 3335 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3336 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2772
 3337 msgid ""
 3338 "Enabling this option can also make access provider checks for group "
 3339 "membership significantly faster, especially for groups containing many "
 3340 "members."
 3341 msgstr ""
 3342 
 3343 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3344 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2783
 3345 msgid "auth_provider (string)"
 3346 msgstr ""
 3347 
 3348 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3349 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2786
 3350 msgid ""
 3351 "The authentication provider used for the domain.  Supported auth providers "
 3352 "are:"
 3353 msgstr ""
 3354 
 3355 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3356 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2790 sssd.conf.5.xml:2852
 3357 msgid ""
 3358 "<quote>ldap</quote> for native LDAP authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3359 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3360 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3361 msgstr ""
 3362 
 3363 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3364 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2797
 3365 msgid ""
 3366 "<quote>krb5</quote> for Kerberos authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3367 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3368 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3369 msgstr ""
 3370 
 3371 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3372 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2821
 3373 msgid ""
 3374 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target."
 3375 msgstr ""
 3376 
 3377 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3378 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2824
 3379 msgid "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users"
 3380 msgstr ""
 3381 
 3382 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3383 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2828
 3384 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables authentication explicitly."
 3385 msgstr ""
 3386 
 3387 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3388 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2831
 3389 msgid ""
 3390 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3391 "authentication requests."
 3392 msgstr ""
 3393 
 3394 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3395 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2837
 3396 msgid "access_provider (string)"
 3397 msgstr ""
 3398 
 3399 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3400 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2840
 3401 msgid ""
 3402 "The access control provider used for the domain.  There are two built-in "
 3403 "access providers (in addition to any included in installed backends)  "
 3404 "Internal special providers are:"
 3405 msgstr ""
 3406 
 3407 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3408 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2846
 3409 msgid ""
 3410 "<quote>permit</quote> always allow access. It's the only permitted access "
 3411 "provider for a local domain."
 3412 msgstr ""
 3413 
 3414 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3415 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2849
 3416 msgid "<quote>deny</quote> always deny access."
 3417 msgstr ""
 3418 
 3419 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3420 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2876
 3421 msgid ""
 3422 "<quote>simple</quote> access control based on access or deny lists. See "
 3423 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3424 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on configuring the simple "
 3425 "access module."
 3426 msgstr ""
 3427 
 3428 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3429 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2883
 3430 msgid ""
 3431 "<quote>krb5</quote>: .k5login based access control.  See <citerefentry> "
 3432 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
 3433 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3434 msgstr ""
 3435 
 3436 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3437 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2890
 3438 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying access control to another PAM module."
 3439 msgstr ""
 3440 
 3441 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3442 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2893
 3443 msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
 3444 msgstr ""
 3445 
 3446 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3447 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2898
 3448 msgid "chpass_provider (string)"
 3449 msgstr ""
 3450 
 3451 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3452 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2901
 3453 msgid ""
 3454 "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain.  "
 3455 "Supported change password providers are:"
 3456 msgstr ""
 3457 
 3458 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3459 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2906
 3460 msgid ""
 3461 "<quote>ldap</quote> to change a password stored in a LDAP server. See "
 3462 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3463 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3464 msgstr ""
 3465 
 3466 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3467 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2914
 3468 msgid ""
 3469 "<quote>krb5</quote> to change the Kerberos password. See <citerefentry> "
 3470 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3471 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3472 msgstr ""
 3473 
 3474 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3475 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2939
 3476 msgid ""
 3477 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying password changes to some other PAM target."
 3478 msgstr ""
 3479 
 3480 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3481 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2943
 3482 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows password changes explicitly."
 3483 msgstr ""
 3484 
 3485 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3486 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2946
 3487 msgid ""
 3488 "Default: <quote>auth_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3489 "change password requests."
 3490 msgstr ""
 3491 
 3492 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3493 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2953
 3494 msgid "sudo_provider (string)"
 3495 msgstr ""
 3496 
 3497 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3498 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2956
 3499 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain.  Supported SUDO providers are:"
 3500 msgstr ""
 3501 
 3502 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3503 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2960
 3504 msgid ""
 3505 "<quote>ldap</quote> for rules stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3506 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3507 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3508 msgstr ""
 3509 
 3510 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3511 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2968
 3512 msgid ""
 3513 "<quote>ipa</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with IPA default "
 3514 "settings."
 3515 msgstr ""
 3516 
 3517 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3518 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2972
 3519 msgid ""
 3520 "<quote>ad</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with AD default "
 3521 "settings."
 3522 msgstr ""
 3523 
 3524 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3525 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2976
 3526 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables SUDO explicitly."
 3527 msgstr ""
 3528 
 3529 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3530 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2979 sssd.conf.5.xml:3065 sssd.conf.5.xml:3135
 3531 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3160 sssd.conf.5.xml:3196
 3532 msgid "Default: The value of <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set."
 3533 msgstr ""
 3534 
 3535 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3536 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2983
 3537 msgid ""
 3538 "The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the "
 3539 "manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> "
 3540 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  There are many configuration "
 3541 "options that can be used to adjust the behavior. Please refer to "
 3542 "\"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> "
 3543 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 3544 msgstr ""
 3545 
 3546 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3547 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2998
 3548 msgid ""
 3549 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> Sudo rules are periodically downloaded in the "
 3550 "background unless the sudo provider is explicitly disabled. Set "
 3551 "<emphasis>sudo_provider = None</emphasis> to disable all sudo-related "
 3552 "activity in SSSD if you do not want to use sudo with SSSD at all."
 3553 msgstr ""
 3554 
 3555 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3556 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3008
 3557 msgid "selinux_provider (string)"
 3558 msgstr ""
 3559 
 3560 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3561 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3011
 3562 msgid ""
 3563 "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings. Note that this "
 3564 "provider will be called right after access provider ends.  Supported selinux "
 3565 "providers are:"
 3566 msgstr ""
 3567 
 3568 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3569 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3017
 3570 msgid ""
 3571 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load selinux settings from an IPA server. See "
 3572 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3573 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3574 msgstr ""
 3575 
 3576 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3577 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3025
 3578 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching selinux settings explicitly."
 3579 msgstr ""
 3580 
 3581 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3582 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3028
 3583 msgid ""
 3584 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3585 "selinux loading requests."
 3586 msgstr ""
 3587 
 3588 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3589 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3034
 3590 msgid "subdomains_provider (string)"
 3591 msgstr ""
 3592 
 3593 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3594 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3037
 3595 msgid ""
 3596 "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains. This value should "
 3597 "be always the same as id_provider.  Supported subdomain providers are:"
 3598 msgstr ""
 3599 
 3600 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3601 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3043
 3602 msgid ""
 3603 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an IPA server. See "
 3604 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3605 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3606 msgstr ""
 3607 
 3608 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3609 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3052
 3610 msgid ""
 3611 "<quote>ad</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an Active Directory "
 3612 "server. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> "
 3613 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3614 "the AD provider."
 3615 msgstr ""
 3616 
 3617 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3618 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3061
 3619 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching subdomains explicitly."
 3620 msgstr ""
 3621 
 3622 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3623 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3071
 3624 msgid "session_provider (string)"
 3625 msgstr ""
 3626 
 3627 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3628 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3074
 3629 msgid ""
 3630 "The provider which configures and manages user session related tasks. The "
 3631 "only user session task currently provided is the integration with Fleet "
 3632 "Commander, which works only with IPA.  Supported session providers are:"
 3633 msgstr ""
 3634 
 3635 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3636 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3081
 3637 msgid "<quote>ipa</quote> to allow performing user session related tasks."
 3638 msgstr ""
 3639 
 3640 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3641 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3085
 3642 msgid ""
 3643 "<quote>none</quote> does not perform any kind of user session related tasks."
 3644 msgstr ""
 3645 
 3646 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3647 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3089
 3648 msgid ""
 3649 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can perform "
 3650 "session related tasks."
 3651 msgstr ""
 3652 
 3653 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3654 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3093
 3655 msgid ""
 3656 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> In order to have this feature working as expected "
 3657 "SSSD must be running as \"root\" and not as the unprivileged user."
 3658 msgstr ""
 3659 
 3660 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3661 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3101
 3662 msgid "autofs_provider (string)"
 3663 msgstr ""
 3664 
 3665 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3666 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3104
 3667 msgid ""
 3668 "The autofs provider used for the domain.  Supported autofs providers are:"
 3669 msgstr ""
 3670 
 3671 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3672 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3108
 3673 msgid ""
 3674 "<quote>ldap</quote> to load maps stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3675 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3676 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3677 msgstr ""
 3678 
 3679 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3680 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3115
 3681 msgid ""
 3682 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load maps stored in an IPA server. See <citerefentry> "
 3683 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3684 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3685 msgstr ""
 3686 
 3687 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3688 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3123
 3689 msgid ""
 3690 "<quote>ad</quote> to load maps stored in an AD server. See <citerefentry> "
 3691 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3692 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD provider."
 3693 msgstr ""
 3694 
 3695 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3696 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3132
 3697 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables autofs explicitly."
 3698 msgstr ""
 3699 
 3700 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3701 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3142
 3702 msgid "hostid_provider (string)"
 3703 msgstr ""
 3704 
 3705 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3706 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3145
 3707 msgid ""
 3708 "The provider used for retrieving host identity information.  Supported "
 3709 "hostid providers are:"
 3710 msgstr ""
 3711 
 3712 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3713 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3149
 3714 msgid ""
 3715 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load host identity stored in an IPA server. See "
 3716 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3717 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3718 msgstr ""
 3719 
 3720 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3721 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3157
 3722 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables hostid explicitly."
 3723 msgstr ""
 3724 
 3725 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3726 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3167
 3727 msgid "resolver_provider (string)"
 3728 msgstr ""
 3729 
 3730 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3731 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3170
 3732 msgid ""
 3733 "The provider which should handle hosts and networks lookups. Supported "
 3734 "resolver providers are:"
 3735 msgstr ""
 3736 
 3737 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3738 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3174
 3739 msgid ""
 3740 "<quote>proxy</quote> to forward lookups to another NSS library. See "
 3741 "<quote>proxy_resolver_lib_name</quote>"
 3742 msgstr ""
 3743 
 3744 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3745 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3178
 3746 msgid ""
 3747 "<quote>ldap</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in LDAP. See "
 3748 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3749 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3750 msgstr ""
 3751 
 3752 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3753 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3185
 3754 msgid ""
 3755 "<quote>ad</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in AD. See "
 3756 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3757 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD "
 3758 "provider."
 3759 msgstr ""
 3760 
 3761 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3762 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3193
 3763 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching hosts and networks explicitly."
 3764 msgstr ""
 3765 
 3766 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3767 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3206
 3768 msgid ""
 3769 "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
 3770 "containing user name and domain into these components.  The \"domain\" can "
 3771 "match either the SSSD configuration domain name, or, in the case of IPA "
 3772 "trust subdomains and Active Directory domains, the flat (NetBIOS) name of "
 3773 "the domain."
 3774 msgstr ""
 3775 
 3776 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3777 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3215
 3778 msgid ""
 3779 "Default for the AD and IPA provider: <quote>(((?P&lt;domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\"
 3780 "\\(?P&lt;name&gt;.+$))|((?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@(?P&lt;domain&gt;.+$))|(^(?"
 3781 "P&lt;name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)$))</quote> which allows three different styles for "
 3782 "user names:"
 3783 msgstr ""
 3784 
 3785 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3786 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3220
 3787 msgid "username"
 3788 msgstr ""
 3789 
 3790 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3791 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3223
 3792 msgid "username@domain.name"
 3793 msgstr ""
 3794 
 3795 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3796 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3226
 3797 msgid "domain\\username"
 3798 msgstr ""
 3799 
 3800 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3801 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3229
 3802 msgid ""
 3803 "While the first two correspond to the general default the third one is "
 3804 "introduced to allow easy integration of users from Windows domains."
 3805 msgstr ""
 3806 
 3807 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3808 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3234
 3809 msgid ""
 3810 "Default: <quote>(?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@?(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]*$)</quote> "
 3811 "which translates to \"the name is everything up to the <quote>@</quote> "
 3812 "sign, the domain everything after that\""
 3813 msgstr ""
 3814 
 3815 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3816 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3240
 3817 msgid ""
 3818 "NOTE: Some Active Directory groups, typically those used for MS Exchange "
 3819 "contain an <quote>@</quote> sign in the name, which clashes with the default "
 3820 "re_expression value for the AD and IPA providers. To support these groups, "
 3821 "consider changing the re_expression value to: <quote>((?P&lt;name&gt;.+)@(?"
 3822 "P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]+$))</quote>."
 3823 msgstr ""
 3824 
 3825 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3826 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3291
 3827 msgid "Default: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
 3828 msgstr ""
 3829 
 3830 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3831 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3297
 3832 msgid "lookup_family_order (string)"
 3833 msgstr ""
 3834 
 3835 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3836 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3300
 3837 msgid ""
 3838 "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
 3839 "performing DNS lookups."
 3840 msgstr ""
 3841 
 3842 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3843 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3304
 3844 msgid "Supported values:"
 3845 msgstr ""
 3846 
 3847 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3848 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3307
 3849 msgid "ipv4_first: Try looking up IPv4 address, if that fails, try IPv6"
 3850 msgstr ""
 3851 
 3852 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3853 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3310
 3854 msgid "ipv4_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv4 addresses."
 3855 msgstr ""
 3856 
 3857 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3858 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3313
 3859 msgid "ipv6_first: Try looking up IPv6 address, if that fails, try IPv4"
 3860 msgstr ""
 3861 
 3862 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3863 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3316
 3864 msgid "ipv6_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv6 addresses."
 3865 msgstr ""
 3866 
 3867 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3868 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3319
 3869 msgid "Default: ipv4_first"
 3870 msgstr ""
 3871 
 3872 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3873 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3325
 3874 msgid "dns_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 3875 msgstr ""
 3876 
 3877 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3878 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3328
 3879 msgid ""
 3880 "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the "
 3881 "internal fail over service before assuming that the service is unreachable. "
 3882 "If this timeout is reached, the domain will continue to operate in offline "
 3883 "mode."
 3884 msgstr ""
 3885 
 3886 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3887 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3335
 3888 msgid ""
 3889 "Please see the section <quote>FAILOVER</quote> for more information about "
 3890 "the service resolution."
 3891 msgstr ""
 3892 
 3893 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3894 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3346
 3895 msgid "dns_discovery_domain (string)"
 3896 msgstr ""
 3897 
 3898 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3899 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3349
 3900 msgid ""
 3901 "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
 3902 "the service discovery DNS query."
 3903 msgstr ""
 3904 
 3905 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3906 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3353
 3907 msgid "Default: Use the domain part of machine's hostname"
 3908 msgstr ""
 3909 
 3910 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3911 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3359
 3912 msgid "override_gid (integer)"
 3913 msgstr ""
 3914 
 3915 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3916 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3362
 3917 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
 3918 msgstr ""
 3919 
 3920 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3921 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3368
 3922 msgid "case_sensitive (string)"
 3923 msgstr ""
 3924 
 3925 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3926 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3379
 3927 msgid "True"
 3928 msgstr ""
 3929 
 3930 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3931 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3382
 3932 msgid "Case sensitive. This value is invalid for AD provider."
 3933 msgstr ""
 3934 
 3935 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3936 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3388
 3937 msgid "False"
 3938 msgstr ""
 3939 
 3940 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3941 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3390
 3942 msgid "Case insensitive."
 3943 msgstr ""
 3944 
 3945 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3946 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3394
 3947 msgid "Preserving"
 3948 msgstr ""
 3949 
 3950 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3951 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3397
 3952 msgid ""
 3953 "Same as False (case insensitive), but does not lowercase names in the result "
 3954 "of NSS operations. Note that name aliases (and in case of services also "
 3955 "protocol names) are still lowercased in the output."
 3956 msgstr ""
 3957 
 3958 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3959 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3405
 3960 msgid ""
 3961 "If you want to set this value for trusted domain with IPA provider, you need "
 3962 "to set it on both the client and SSSD on the server."
 3963 msgstr ""
 3964 
 3965 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3966 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3371
 3967 msgid ""
 3968 "Treat user and group names as case sensitive.  <phrase condition="
 3969 "\"enable_local_provider\"> At the moment, this option is not supported in "
 3970 "the local provider.  </phrase> Possible option values are: <placeholder type="
 3971 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 3972 msgstr ""
 3973 
 3974 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3975 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3415
 3976 msgid ""
 3977 "This option can be also set per subdomain or inherited via "
 3978 "<emphasis>subdomain_inherit</emphasis>."
 3979 msgstr ""
 3980 
 3981 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3982 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3420
 3983 msgid "Default: True (False for AD provider)"
 3984 msgstr ""
 3985 
 3986 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3987 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3426
 3988 msgid "subdomain_inherit (string)"
 3989 msgstr ""
 3990 
 3991 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3992 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3429
 3993 msgid ""
 3994 "Specifies a list of configuration parameters that should be inherited by a "
 3995 "subdomain. Please note that only selected parameters can be inherited.  "
 3996 "Currently the following options can be inherited:"
 3997 msgstr ""
 3998 
 3999 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4000 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3435
 4001 msgid "ignore_group_members"
 4002 msgstr ""
 4003 
 4004 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4005 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3438
 4006 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"
 4007 msgstr ""
 4008 
 4009 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4010 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3441 sssd-ldap.5.xml:390
 4011 msgid "ldap_use_tokengroups"
 4012 msgstr ""
 4013 
 4014 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4015 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3444
 4016 msgid "ldap_user_principal"
 4017 msgstr ""
 4018 
 4019 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4020 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3447
 4021 msgid ""
 4022 "ldap_krb5_keytab (the value of krb5_keytab will be used if ldap_krb5_keytab "
 4023 "is not set explicitly)"
 4024 msgstr ""
 4025 
 4026 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4027 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3451
 4028 msgid "auto_private_groups"
 4029 msgstr ""
 4030 
 4031 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4032 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3454
 4033 msgid "case_sensitive"
 4034 msgstr ""
 4035 
 4036 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4037 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3459
 4038 #, no-wrap
 4039 msgid ""
 4040 "subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
 4041 "                            "
 4042 msgstr ""
 4043 
 4044 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4045 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3466
 4046 msgid "Note: This option only works with the IPA and AD provider."
 4047 msgstr ""
 4048 
 4049 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4050 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3473
 4051 msgid "subdomain_homedir (string)"
 4052 msgstr ""
 4053 
 4054 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4055 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3484
 4056 msgid "%F"
 4057 msgstr ""
 4058 
 4059 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4060 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3485
 4061 msgid "flat (NetBIOS) name of a subdomain."
 4062 msgstr ""
 4063 
 4064 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4065 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3476
 4066 msgid ""
 4067 "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain in "
 4068 "IPA AD trust.  See <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> for info about "
 4069 "possible values. In addition to those, the expansion below can only be used "
 4070 "with <emphasis>subdomain_homedir</emphasis>.  <placeholder type="
 4071 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4072 msgstr ""
 4073 
 4074 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4075 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3490
 4076 msgid ""
 4077 "The value can be overridden by <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option."
 4078 msgstr ""
 4079 
 4080 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4081 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3494
 4082 msgid "Default: <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>"
 4083 msgstr ""
 4084 
 4085 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4086 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3499
 4087 msgid "realmd_tags (string)"
 4088 msgstr ""
 4089 
 4090 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4091 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3502
 4092 msgid ""
 4093 "Various tags stored by the realmd configuration service for this domain."
 4094 msgstr ""
 4095 
 4096 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4097 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3508
 4098 msgid "cached_auth_timeout (int)"
 4099 msgstr ""
 4100 
 4101 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4102 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3511
 4103 msgid ""
 4104 "Specifies time in seconds since last successful online authentication for "
 4105 "which user will be authenticated using cached credentials while SSSD is in "
 4106 "the online mode. If the credentials are incorrect, SSSD falls back to online "
 4107 "authentication."
 4108 msgstr ""
 4109 
 4110 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4111 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3519
 4112 msgid ""
 4113 "This option's value is inherited by all trusted domains. At the moment it is "
 4114 "not possible to set a different value per trusted domain."
 4115 msgstr ""
 4116 
 4117 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4118 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3524
 4119 msgid "Special value 0 implies that this feature is disabled."
 4120 msgstr ""
 4121 
 4122 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4123 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3528
 4124 msgid ""
 4125 "Please note that if <quote>cached_auth_timeout</quote> is longer than "
 4126 "<quote>pam_id_timeout</quote> then the back end could be called to handle "
 4127 "<quote>initgroups.</quote>"
 4128 msgstr ""
 4129 
 4130 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4131 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3539
 4132 msgid "auto_private_groups (string)"
 4133 msgstr ""
 4134 
 4135 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4136 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3545
 4137 msgid "true"
 4138 msgstr ""
 4139 
 4140 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4141 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3548
 4142 msgid ""
 4143 "Create user's private group unconditionally from user's UID number.  The GID "
 4144 "number is ignored in this case."
 4145 msgstr ""
 4146 
 4147 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4148 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3552
 4149 msgid ""
 4150 "NOTE: Because the GID number and the user private group are inferred from "
 4151 "the UID number, it is not supported to have multiple entries with the same "
 4152 "UID or GID number with this option. In other words, enabling this option "
 4153 "enforces uniqueness across the ID space."
 4154 msgstr ""
 4155 
 4156 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4157 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3561
 4158 msgid "false"
 4159 msgstr ""
 4160 
 4161 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4162 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3564
 4163 msgid ""
 4164 "Always use the user's primary GID number. The GID number must refer to a "
 4165 "group object in the LDAP database."
 4166 msgstr ""
 4167 
 4168 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4169 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3570
 4170 msgid "hybrid"
 4171 msgstr ""
 4172 
 4173 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4174 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3573
 4175 msgid ""
 4176 "A primary group is autogenerated for user entries whose UID and GID numbers "
 4177 "have the same value and at the same time the GID number does not correspond "
 4178 "to a real group object in LDAP.  If the values are the same, but the primary "
 4179 "GID in the user entry is also used by a group object, the primary GID of the "
 4180 "user resolves to that group object."
 4181 msgstr ""
 4182 
 4183 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4184 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3586
 4185 msgid ""
 4186 "If the UID and GID of a user are different, then the GID must correspond to "
 4187 "a group entry, otherwise the GID is simply not resolvable."
 4188 msgstr ""
 4189 
 4190 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4191 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3593
 4192 msgid ""
 4193 "This feature is useful for environments that wish to stop maintaining a "
 4194 "separate group objects for the user private groups, but also wish to retain "
 4195 "the existing user private groups."
 4196 msgstr ""
 4197 
 4198 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4199 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3542
 4200 msgid ""
 4201 "This option takes any of three available values: <placeholder type="
 4202 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4203 msgstr ""
 4204 
 4205 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4206 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3605
 4207 msgid ""
 4208 "For subdomains, the default value is False for subdomains that use assigned "
 4209 "POSIX IDs and True for subdomains that use automatic ID-mapping."
 4210 msgstr ""
 4211 
 4212 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4213 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3613
 4214 #, no-wrap
 4215 msgid ""
 4216 "[domain/forest.domain/sub.domain]\n"
 4217 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4218 msgstr ""
 4219 
 4220 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4221 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3619
 4222 #, no-wrap
 4223 msgid ""
 4224 "[domain/forest.domain]\n"
 4225 "subdomain_inherit = auto_private_groups\n"
 4226 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4227 msgstr ""
 4228 
 4229 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4230 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3610
 4231 msgid ""
 4232 "The value of auto_private_groups can either be set per subdomains in a "
 4233 "subsection, for example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or "
 4234 "globally for all subdomains in the main domain section using the "
 4235 "subdomain_inherit option: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/>"
 4236 msgstr ""
 4237 
 4238 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4239 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2233
 4240 msgid ""
 4241 "These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration "
 4242 "section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4243 "replaceable>]</quote> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4244 msgstr ""
 4245 
 4246 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4247 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3634
 4248 msgid "proxy_pam_target (string)"
 4249 msgstr ""
 4250 
 4251 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4252 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3637
 4253 msgid "The proxy target PAM proxies to."
 4254 msgstr ""
 4255 
 4256 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4257 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3640
 4258 msgid ""
 4259 "Default: not set by default, you have to take an existing pam configuration "
 4260 "or create a new one and add the service name here."
 4261 msgstr ""
 4262 
 4263 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4264 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3648
 4265 msgid "proxy_lib_name (string)"
 4266 msgstr ""
 4267 
 4268 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4269 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3651
 4270 msgid ""
 4271 "The name of the NSS library to use in proxy domains. The NSS functions "
 4272 "searched for in the library are in the form of _nss_$(libName)_$(function), "
 4273 "for example _nss_files_getpwent."
 4274 msgstr ""
 4275 
 4276 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4277 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3661
 4278 msgid "proxy_resolver_lib_name (string)"
 4279 msgstr ""
 4280 
 4281 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4282 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3664
 4283 msgid ""
 4284 "The name of the NSS library to use for hosts and networks lookups in proxy "
 4285 "domains. The NSS functions searched for in the library are in the form of "
 4286 "_nss_$(libName)_$(function), for example _nss_dns_gethostbyname2_r."
 4287 msgstr ""
 4288 
 4289 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4290 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3675
 4291 msgid "proxy_fast_alias (boolean)"
 4292 msgstr ""
 4293 
 4294 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4295 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3678
 4296 msgid ""
 4297 "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
 4298 "lookup by ID is performed to \"canonicalize\" the name in case the requested "
 4299 "name was an alias. Setting this option to true would cause the SSSD to "
 4300 "perform the ID lookup from cache for performance reasons."
 4301 msgstr ""
 4302 
 4303 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4304 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3692
 4305 msgid "proxy_max_children (integer)"
 4306 msgstr ""
 4307 
 4308 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4309 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3695
 4310 msgid ""
 4311 "This option specifies the number of pre-forked proxy children. It is useful "
 4312 "for high-load SSSD environments where sssd may run out of available child "
 4313 "slots, which would cause some issues due to the requests being queued."
 4314 msgstr ""
 4315 
 4316 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4317 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3630
 4318 msgid ""
 4319 "Options valid for proxy domains.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id="
 4320 "\"0\"/>"
 4321 msgstr ""
 4322 
 4323 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4324 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3711
 4325 msgid "Application domains"
 4326 msgstr ""
 4327 
 4328 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4329 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3713
 4330 msgid ""
 4331 "SSSD, with its D-Bus interface (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</"
 4332 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>) is appealing to "
 4333 "applications as a gateway to an LDAP directory where users and groups are "
 4334 "stored. However, contrary to the traditional SSSD deployment where all users "
 4335 "and groups either have POSIX attributes or those attributes can be inferred "
 4336 "from the Windows SIDs, in many cases the users and groups in the application "
 4337 "support scenario have no POSIX attributes.  Instead of setting a "
 4338 "<quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>]</quote> section, the "
 4339 "administrator can set up an <quote>[application/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4340 "replaceable>]</quote> section that internally represents a domain with type "
 4341 "<quote>application</quote> optionally inherits settings from a tradition "
 4342 "SSSD domain."
 4343 msgstr ""
 4344 
 4345 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4346 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3733
 4347 msgid ""
 4348 "Please note that the application domain must still be explicitly enabled in "
 4349 "the <quote>domains</quote> parameter so that the lookup order between the "
 4350 "application domain and its POSIX sibling domain is set correctly."
 4351 msgstr ""
 4352 
 4353 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
 4354 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3739
 4355 msgid "Application domain parameters"
 4356 msgstr ""
 4357 
 4358 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4359 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3741
 4360 msgid "inherit_from (string)"
 4361 msgstr ""
 4362 
 4363 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4364 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3744
 4365 msgid ""
 4366 "The SSSD POSIX-type domain the application domain inherits all settings "
 4367 "from. The application domain can moreover add its own settings to the "
 4368 "application settings that augment or override the <quote>sibling</quote> "
 4369 "domain settings."
 4370 msgstr ""
 4371 
 4372 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4373 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3758
 4374 msgid ""
 4375 "The following example illustrates the use of an application domain. In this "
 4376 "setup, the POSIX domain is connected to an LDAP server and is used by the OS "
 4377 "through the NSS responder. In addition, the application domain also requests "
 4378 "the telephoneNumber attribute, stores it as the phone attribute in the cache "
 4379 "and makes the phone attribute reachable through the D-Bus interface."
 4380 msgstr ""
 4381 
 4382 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
 4383 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3766
 4384 #, no-wrap
 4385 msgid ""
 4386 "[sssd]\n"
 4387 "domains = appdom, posixdom\n"
 4388 "\n"
 4389 "[ifp]\n"
 4390 "user_attributes = +phone\n"
 4391 "\n"
 4392 "[domain/posixdom]\n"
 4393 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 4394 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 4395 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 4396 "\n"
 4397 "[application/appdom]\n"
 4398 "inherit_from = posixdom\n"
 4399 "ldap_user_extra_attrs = phone:telephoneNumber\n"
 4400 msgstr ""
 4401 
 4402 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4403 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3784
 4404 msgid "The local domain section"
 4405 msgstr ""
 4406 
 4407 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4408 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3786
 4409 msgid ""
 4410 "This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in "
 4411 "SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses "
 4412 "<replaceable>id_provider=local</replaceable>."
 4413 msgstr ""
 4414 
 4415 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4416 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3793
 4417 msgid "default_shell (string)"
 4418 msgstr ""
 4419 
 4420 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4421 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3796
 4422 msgid "The default shell for users created with SSSD userspace tools."
 4423 msgstr ""
 4424 
 4425 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4426 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3800
 4427 msgid "Default: <filename>/bin/bash</filename>"
 4428 msgstr ""
 4429 
 4430 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4431 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3805
 4432 msgid "base_directory (string)"
 4433 msgstr ""
 4434 
 4435 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4436 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3808
 4437 msgid ""
 4438 "The tools append the login name to <replaceable>base_directory</replaceable> "
 4439 "and use that as the home directory."
 4440 msgstr ""
 4441 
 4442 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4443 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3813
 4444 msgid "Default: <filename>/home</filename>"
 4445 msgstr ""
 4446 
 4447 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4448 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3818
 4449 msgid "create_homedir (bool)"
 4450 msgstr ""
 4451 
 4452 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4453 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3821
 4454 msgid ""
 4455 "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users.  "
 4456 "Can be overridden on command line."
 4457 msgstr ""
 4458 
 4459 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4460 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3825 sssd.conf.5.xml:3837
 4461 msgid "Default: TRUE"
 4462 msgstr ""
 4463 
 4464 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4465 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3830
 4466 msgid "remove_homedir (bool)"
 4467 msgstr ""
 4468 
 4469 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4470 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3833
 4471 msgid ""
 4472 "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted "
 4473 "users.  Can be overridden on command line."
 4474 msgstr ""
 4475 
 4476 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4477 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3842
 4478 msgid "homedir_umask (integer)"
 4479 msgstr ""
 4480 
 4481 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4482 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3845
 4483 msgid ""
 4484 "Used by <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> "
 4485 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to specify the default permissions "
 4486 "on a newly created home directory."
 4487 msgstr ""
 4488 
 4489 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4490 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3853
 4491 msgid "Default: 077"
 4492 msgstr ""
 4493 
 4494 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4495 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3858
 4496 msgid "skel_dir (string)"
 4497 msgstr ""
 4498 
 4499 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4500 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3861
 4501 msgid ""
 4502 "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
 4503 "the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
 4504 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
 4505 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
 4506 msgstr ""
 4507 
 4508 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4509 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3871
 4510 msgid "Default: <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"
 4511 msgstr ""
 4512 
 4513 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4514 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3876
 4515 msgid "mail_dir (string)"
 4516 msgstr ""
 4517 
 4518 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4519 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3879
 4520 msgid ""
 4521 "The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the mailbox when its "
 4522 "corresponding user account is modified or deleted.  If not specified, a "
 4523 "default value is used."
 4524 msgstr ""
 4525 
 4526 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4527 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3886
 4528 msgid "Default: <filename>/var/mail</filename>"
 4529 msgstr ""
 4530 
 4531 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4532 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3891
 4533 msgid "userdel_cmd (string)"
 4534 msgstr ""
 4535 
 4536 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4537 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3894
 4538 msgid ""
 4539 "The command that is run after a user is removed.  The command us passed the "
 4540 "username of the user being removed as the first and only parameter. The "
 4541 "return code of the command is not taken into account."
 4542 msgstr ""
 4543 
 4544 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4545 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3900
 4546 msgid "Default: None, no command is run"
 4547 msgstr ""
 4548 
 4549 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4550 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3910
 4551 msgid "TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION"
 4552 msgstr ""
 4553 
 4554 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4555 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3912
 4556 msgid ""
 4557 "Some options used in the domain section can also be used in the trusted "
 4558 "domain section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/"
 4559 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>TRUSTED_DOMAIN_NAME</"
 4560 "replaceable>]</quote>.  Where DOMAIN_NAME is the actual joined-to base "
 4561 "domain. Please refer to examples below for explanation.  Currently supported "
 4562 "options in the trusted domain section are:"
 4563 msgstr ""
 4564 
 4565 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4566 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3919
 4567 msgid "ldap_search_base,"
 4568 msgstr ""
 4569 
 4570 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4571 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3920
 4572 msgid "ldap_user_search_base,"
 4573 msgstr ""
 4574 
 4575 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4576 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3921
 4577 msgid "ldap_group_search_base,"
 4578 msgstr ""
 4579 
 4580 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4581 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3922
 4582 msgid "ldap_netgroup_search_base,"
 4583 msgstr ""
 4584 
 4585 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4586 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3923
 4587 msgid "ldap_service_search_base,"
 4588 msgstr ""
 4589 
 4590 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4591 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3924
 4592 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech,"
 4593 msgstr ""
 4594 
 4595 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4596 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3925
 4597 msgid "ad_server,"
 4598 msgstr ""
 4599 
 4600 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4601 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3926
 4602 msgid "ad_backup_server,"
 4603 msgstr ""
 4604 
 4605 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4606 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3927
 4607 msgid "ad_site,"
 4608 msgstr ""
 4609 
 4610 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4611 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3928 sssd-ipa.5.xml:811
 4612 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names"
 4613 msgstr ""
 4614 
 4615 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4616 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3932
 4617 msgid ""
 4618 "For more details about these options see their individual description in the "
 4619 "manual page."
 4620 msgstr ""
 4621 
 4622 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4623 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3938
 4624 msgid "CERTIFICATE MAPPING SECTION"
 4625 msgstr ""
 4626 
 4627 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4628 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3940
 4629 msgid ""
 4630 "To allow authentication with Smartcards and certificates SSSD must be able "
 4631 "to map certificates to users. This can be done by adding the full "
 4632 "certificate to the LDAP object of the user or to a local override. While "
 4633 "using the full certificate is required to use the Smartcard authentication "
 4634 "feature of SSH (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 4635 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) it "
 4636 "might be cumbersome or not even possible to do this for the general case "
 4637 "where local services use PAM for authentication."
 4638 msgstr ""
 4639 
 4640 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4641 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3954
 4642 msgid ""
 4643 "To make the mapping more flexible mapping and matching rules were added to "
 4644 "SSSD (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss-certmap</refentrytitle> "
 4645 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details)."
 4646 msgstr ""
 4647 
 4648 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4649 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3963
 4650 msgid ""
 4651 "A mapping and matching rule can be added to the SSSD configuration in a "
 4652 "section on its own with a name like <quote>[certmap/"
 4653 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>RULE_NAME</"
 4654 "replaceable>]</quote>.  In this section the following options are allowed:"
 4655 msgstr ""
 4656 
 4657 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4658 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3970
 4659 msgid "matchrule (string)"
 4660 msgstr ""
 4661 
 4662 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4663 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3973
 4664 msgid ""
 4665 "Only certificates from the Smartcard which matches this rule will be "
 4666 "processed, all others are ignored."
 4667 msgstr ""
 4668 
 4669 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4670 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3977
 4671 msgid ""
 4672 "Default: KRB5:&lt;EKU&gt;clientAuth, i.e. only certificates which have the "
 4673 "Extended Key Usage <quote>clientAuth</quote>"
 4674 msgstr ""
 4675 
 4676 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4677 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3984
 4678 msgid "maprule (string)"
 4679 msgstr ""
 4680 
 4681 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4682 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3987
 4683 msgid "Defines how the user is found for a given certificate."
 4684 msgstr ""
 4685 
 4686 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4687 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3993
 4688 msgid ""
 4689 "LDAP:(userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})  for LDAP based providers like "
 4690 "<quote>ldap</quote>, <quote>AD</quote> or <quote>ipa</quote>."
 4691 msgstr ""
 4692 
 4693 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4694 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3999
 4695 msgid ""
 4696 "The RULE_NAME for the <quote>files</quote> provider which tries to find a "
 4697 "user with the same name."
 4698 msgstr ""
 4699 
 4700 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4701 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4008
 4702 msgid "domains (string)"
 4703 msgstr ""
 4704 
 4705 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4706 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4011
 4707 msgid ""
 4708 "Comma separated list of domain names the rule should be applied. By default "
 4709 "a rule is only valid in the domain configured in sssd.conf. If the provider "
 4710 "supports subdomains this option can be used to add the rule to subdomains as "
 4711 "well."
 4712 msgstr ""
 4713 
 4714 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4715 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4018
 4716 msgid "Default: the configured domain in sssd.conf"
 4717 msgstr ""
 4718 
 4719 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4720 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4023
 4721 msgid "priority (integer)"
 4722 msgstr ""
 4723 
 4724 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4725 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4026
 4726 msgid ""
 4727 "Unsigned integer value defining the priority of the rule. The higher the "
 4728 "number the lower the priority.  <quote>0</quote> stands for the highest "
 4729 "priority while <quote>4294967295</quote> is the lowest."
 4730 msgstr ""
 4731 
 4732 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4733 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4032
 4734 msgid "Default: the lowest priority"
 4735 msgstr ""
 4736 
 4737 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4738 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4038
 4739 msgid ""
 4740 "To make the configuration simple and reduce the amount of configuration "
 4741 "options the <quote>files</quote> provider has some special properties:"
 4742 msgstr ""
 4743 
 4744 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4745 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4044
 4746 msgid ""
 4747 "if maprule is not set the RULE_NAME name is assumed to be the name of the "
 4748 "matching user"
 4749 msgstr ""
 4750 
 4751 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4752 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4050
 4753 msgid ""
 4754 "if a maprule is used both a single user name or a template like "
 4755 "<quote>{subject_rfc822_name.short_name}</quote> must be in braces like e.g. "
 4756 "<quote>(username)</quote> or <quote>({subject_rfc822_name.short_name})</"
 4757 "quote>"
 4758 msgstr ""
 4759 
 4760 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4761 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4059
 4762 msgid "the <quote>domains</quote> option is ignored"
 4763 msgstr ""
 4764 
 4765 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4766 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4067
 4767 msgid "PROMPTING CONFIGURATION SECTION"
 4768 msgstr ""
 4769 
 4770 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4771 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4069
 4772 msgid ""
 4773 "If a special file (<filename>/var/lib/sss/pubconf/pam_preauth_available</"
 4774 "filename>)  exists SSSD's PAM module pam_sss will ask SSSD to figure out "
 4775 "which authentication methods are available for the user trying to log in.  "
 4776 "Based on the results pam_sss will prompt the user for appropriate "
 4777 "credentials."
 4778 msgstr ""
 4779 
 4780 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4781 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4077
 4782 msgid ""
 4783 "With the growing number of authentication methods and the possibility that "
 4784 "there are multiple ones for a single user the heuristic used by pam_sss to "
 4785 "select the prompting might not be suitable for all use cases. The following "
 4786 "options should provide a better flexibility here."
 4787 msgstr ""
 4788 
 4789 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4790 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4089
 4791 msgid "[prompting/password]"
 4792 msgstr ""
 4793 
 4794 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4795 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4092
 4796 msgid "password_prompt"
 4797 msgstr ""
 4798 
 4799 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4800 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4093
 4801 msgid "to change the string of the password prompt"
 4802 msgstr ""
 4803 
 4804 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4805 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4091
 4806 msgid ""
 4807 "to configure password prompting, allowed options are: <placeholder type="
 4808 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4809 msgstr ""
 4810 
 4811 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4812 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4101
 4813 msgid "[prompting/2fa]"
 4814 msgstr ""
 4815 
 4816 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4817 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4105
 4818 msgid "first_prompt"
 4819 msgstr ""
 4820 
 4821 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4822 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4106
 4823 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the first factor"
 4824 msgstr ""
 4825 
 4826 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4827 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4109
 4828 msgid "second_prompt"
 4829 msgstr ""
 4830 
 4831 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4832 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4110
 4833 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the second factor"
 4834 msgstr ""
 4835 
 4836 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4837 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4113
 4838 msgid "single_prompt"
 4839 msgstr ""
 4840 
 4841 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4842 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4114
 4843 msgid ""
 4844 "boolean value, if True there will be only a single prompt using the value of "
 4845 "first_prompt where it is expected that both factors are entered as a single "
 4846 "string"
 4847 msgstr ""
 4848 
 4849 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4850 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4103
 4851 msgid ""
 4852 "to configure two-factor authentication prompting, allowed options are: "
 4853 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4854 msgstr ""
 4855 
 4856 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4857 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4084
 4858 msgid ""
 4859 "Each supported authentication method has its own configuration subsection "
 4860 "under <quote>[prompting/...]</quote>. Currently there are: <placeholder type="
 4861 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/>"
 4862 msgstr ""
 4863 
 4864 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4865 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4126
 4866 msgid ""
 4867 "It is possible to add a subsection for specific PAM services, e.g. "
 4868 "<quote>[prompting/password/sshd]</quote> to individual change the prompting "
 4869 "for this service."
 4870 msgstr ""
 4871 
 4872 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4873 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4133 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:157 idmap_sss.8.xml:43
 4874 msgid "EXAMPLES"
 4875 msgstr ""
 4876 
 4877 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4878 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4139
 4879 #, no-wrap
 4880 msgid ""
 4881 "[sssd]\n"
 4882 "domains = LDAP\n"
 4883 "services = nss, pam\n"
 4884 "config_file_version = 2\n"
 4885 "\n"
 4886 "[nss]\n"
 4887 "filter_groups = root\n"
 4888 "filter_users = root\n"
 4889 "\n"
 4890 "[pam]\n"
 4891 "\n"
 4892 "[domain/LDAP]\n"
 4893 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 4894 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 4895 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 4896 "\n"
 4897 "auth_provider = krb5\n"
 4898 "krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n"
 4899 "krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
 4900 "cache_credentials = true\n"
 4901 "\n"
 4902 "min_id = 10000\n"
 4903 "max_id = 20000\n"
 4904 "enumerate = False\n"
 4905 msgstr ""
 4906 
 4907 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4908 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4135
 4909 msgid ""
 4910 "1. The following example shows a typical SSSD config. It does not describe "
 4911 "configuration of the domains themselves - refer to documentation on "
 4912 "configuring domains for more details.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
 4913 "id=\"0\"/>"
 4914 msgstr ""
 4915 
 4916 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4917 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4172
 4918 #, no-wrap
 4919 msgid ""
 4920 "[domain/ipa.com/child.ad.com]\n"
 4921 "use_fully_qualified_names = false\n"
 4922 msgstr ""
 4923 
 4924 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4925 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4166
 4926 msgid ""
 4927 "2. The following example shows configuration of IPA AD trust where the AD "
 4928 "forest consists of two domains in a parent-child structure.  Suppose IPA "
 4929 "domain (ipa.com) has trust with AD domain(ad.com).  ad.com has child domain "
 4930 "(child.ad.com). To enable shortnames in the child domain the following "
 4931 "configuration should be used.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/"
 4932 ">"
 4933 msgstr ""
 4934 
 4935 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4936 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4186
 4937 #, no-wrap
 4938 msgid ""
 4939 "[certmap/my.domain/rule_name]\n"
 4940 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 4941 "maprule = (userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})\n"
 4942 "domains = my.domain, your.domain\n"
 4943 "priority = 10\n"
 4944 "\n"
 4945 "[certmap/files/myname]\n"
 4946 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$&lt;SUBJECT&gt;^CN=User.Name,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 4947 msgstr ""
 4948 
 4949 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4950 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4177
 4951 msgid ""
 4952 "3. The following example shows the configuration for two certificate mapping "
 4953 "rules. The first is valid for the configured domain <quote>my.domain</quote> "
 4954 "and additionally for the subdomains <quote>your.domain</quote> and uses the "
 4955 "full certificate in the search filter. The second example is valid for the "
 4956 "domain <quote>files</quote> where it is assumed the files provider is used "
 4957 "for this domain and contains a matching rule for the local user "
 4958 "<quote>myname</quote>.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4959 msgstr ""
 4960 
 4961 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
 4962 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:10 sssd-ldap.5.xml:16
 4963 msgid "sssd-ldap"
 4964 msgstr ""
 4965 
 4966 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 4967 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:17
 4968 msgid "SSSD LDAP provider"
 4969 msgstr ""
 4970 
 4971 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4972 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:23
 4973 msgid ""
 4974 "This manual page describes the configuration of LDAP domains for "
 4975 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 4976 "</citerefentry>.  Refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the "
 4977 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4978 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for detailed syntax information."
 4979 msgstr ""
 4980 
 4981 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4982 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:35
 4983 msgid "You can configure SSSD to use more than one LDAP domain."
 4984 msgstr ""
 4985 
 4986 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4987 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:38
 4988 msgid ""
 4989 "LDAP back end supports id, auth, access and chpass providers. If you want to "
 4990 "authenticate against an LDAP server either TLS/SSL or LDAPS is required. "
 4991 "<command>sssd</command> <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support authentication "
 4992 "over an unencrypted channel.  If the LDAP server is used only as an identity "
 4993 "provider, an encrypted channel is not needed. Please refer to "
 4994 "<quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> config option for more information about "
 4995 "using LDAP as an access provider."
 4996 msgstr ""
 4997 
 4998 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4999 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:49 sssd-simple.5.xml:69 sssd-ipa.5.xml:81 sssd-ad.5.xml:115
 5000 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:63 sssd-ifp.5.xml:44 sssd-files.5.xml:78
 5001 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:58 sssd-kcm.8.xml:166
 5002 msgid "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
 5003 msgstr ""
 5004 
 5005 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5006 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:66
 5007 msgid "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (string)"
 5008 msgstr ""
 5009 
 5010 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5011 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:69
 5012 msgid ""
 5013 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5014 "should connect in the order of preference. Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</"
 5015 "quote> section for more information on failover and server redundancy.  If "
 5016 "neither option is specified, service discovery is enabled. For more "
 5017 "information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
 5018 msgstr ""
 5019 
 5020 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5021 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:76 sssd-secrets.5.xml:264
 5022 msgid "The format of the URI must match the format defined in RFC 2732:"
 5023 msgstr ""
 5024 
 5025 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5026 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:79
 5027 msgid "ldap[s]://&lt;host&gt;[:port]"
 5028 msgstr ""
 5029 
 5030 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5031 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:82
 5032 msgid ""
 5033 "For explicit IPv6 addresses, &lt;host&gt; must be enclosed in brackets []"
 5034 msgstr ""
 5035 
 5036 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5037 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:85
 5038 msgid "example: ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389"
 5039 msgstr ""
 5040 
 5041 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5042 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:91
 5043 msgid "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (string)"
 5044 msgstr ""
 5045 
 5046 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5047 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:94
 5048 msgid ""
 5049 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5050 "should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user. "
 5051 "Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section for more information on "
 5052 "failover and server redundancy."
 5053 msgstr ""
 5054 
 5055 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5056 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:101
 5057 msgid "To enable service discovery ldap_chpass_dns_service_name must be set."
 5058 msgstr ""
 5059 
 5060 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5061 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:105
 5062 msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
 5063 msgstr ""
 5064 
 5065 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5066 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:111
 5067 msgid "ldap_search_base (string)"
 5068 msgstr ""
 5069 
 5070 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5071 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:114
 5072 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
 5073 msgstr ""
 5074 
 5075 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5076 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:118
 5077 msgid ""
 5078 "Starting with SSSD 1.7.0, SSSD supports multiple search bases using the "
 5079 "syntax:"
 5080 msgstr ""
 5081 
 5082 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5083 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:122
 5084 msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]"
 5085 msgstr ""
 5086 
 5087 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5088 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:125
 5089 msgid "The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\"."
 5090 msgstr ""
 5091 
 5092 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5093 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:128 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:18
 5094 msgid ""
 5095 "The filter must be a valid LDAP search filter as specified by http://www."
 5096 "ietf.org/rfc/rfc2254.txt"
 5097 msgstr ""
 5098 
 5099 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5100 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:132 sssd-ad.5.xml:288 sss_override.8.xml:143
 5101 #: sss_override.8.xml:240 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:453
 5102 msgid "Examples:"
 5103 msgstr ""
 5104 
 5105 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5106 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:135
 5107 msgid ""
 5108 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (which is equivalent to)  "
 5109 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5110 msgstr ""
 5111 
 5112 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5113 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:140
 5114 msgid ""
 5115 "ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5116 "(host=thishost)?dc=example.com?subtree?"
 5117 msgstr ""
 5118 
 5119 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5120 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:143
 5121 msgid ""
 5122 "Note: It is unsupported to have multiple search bases which reference "
 5123 "identically-named objects (for example, groups with the same name in two "
 5124 "different search bases). This will lead to unpredictable behavior on client "
 5125 "machines."
 5126 msgstr ""
 5127 
 5128 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5129 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:150
 5130 msgid ""
 5131 "Default: If not set, the value of the defaultNamingContext or namingContexts "
 5132 "attribute from the RootDSE of the LDAP server is used. If "
 5133 "defaultNamingContext does not exist or has an empty value namingContexts is "
 5134 "used.  The namingContexts attribute must have a single value with the DN of "
 5135 "the search base of the LDAP server to make this work. Multiple values are "
 5136 "are not supported."
 5137 msgstr ""
 5138 
 5139 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5140 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:164
 5141 msgid "ldap_schema (string)"
 5142 msgstr ""
 5143 
 5144 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5145 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:167
 5146 msgid ""
 5147 "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server.  Depending on "
 5148 "the selected schema, the default attribute names retrieved from the servers "
 5149 "may vary.  The way that some attributes are handled may also differ."
 5150 msgstr ""
 5151 
 5152 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5153 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:174
 5154 msgid "Four schema types are currently supported:"
 5155 msgstr ""
 5156 
 5157 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5158 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:178
 5159 msgid "rfc2307"
 5160 msgstr ""
 5161 
 5162 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5163 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:183
 5164 msgid "rfc2307bis"
 5165 msgstr ""
 5166 
 5167 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5168 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:188
 5169 msgid "IPA"
 5170 msgstr ""
 5171 
 5172 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5173 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:193
 5174 msgid "AD"
 5175 msgstr ""
 5176 
 5177 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5178 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:199
 5179 msgid ""
 5180 "The main difference between these schema types is how group memberships are "
 5181 "recorded in the server.  With rfc2307, group members are listed by name in "
 5182 "the <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute.  With rfc2307bis and IPA, "
 5183 "group members are listed by DN and stored in the <emphasis>member</emphasis> "
 5184 "attribute.  The AD schema type sets the attributes to correspond with Active "
 5185 "Directory 2008r2 values."
 5186 msgstr ""
 5187 
 5188 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5189 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:209
 5190 msgid "Default: rfc2307"
 5191 msgstr ""
 5192 
 5193 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5194 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:215
 5195 msgid "ldap_pwmodify_mode (string)"
 5196 msgstr ""
 5197 
 5198 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5199 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:218
 5200 msgid "Specify the operation that is used to modify user password."
 5201 msgstr ""
 5202 
 5203 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5204 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:222
 5205 msgid "Two modes are currently supported:"
 5206 msgstr ""
 5207 
 5208 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5209 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:226
 5210 msgid "exop - Password Modify Extended Operation (RFC 3062)"
 5211 msgstr ""
 5212 
 5213 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5214 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:232
 5215 msgid "ldap_modify - Direct modification of userPassword (not recommended)."
 5216 msgstr ""
 5217 
 5218 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5219 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:239
 5220 msgid ""
 5221 "Note: First, a new connection is established to verify current password by "
 5222 "binding as the user that requested password change. If successful, this "
 5223 "connection is used to change the password therefore the user must have write "
 5224 "access to userPassword attribute."
 5225 msgstr ""
 5226 
 5227 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5228 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:247
 5229 msgid "Default: exop"
 5230 msgstr ""
 5231 
 5232 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5233 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:253
 5234 msgid "ldap_default_bind_dn (string)"
 5235 msgstr ""
 5236 
 5237 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5238 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:256
 5239 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
 5240 msgstr ""
 5241 
 5242 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5243 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:263
 5244 msgid "ldap_default_authtok_type (string)"
 5245 msgstr ""
 5246 
 5247 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5248 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:266
 5249 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5250 msgstr ""
 5251 
 5252 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5253 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:270
 5254 msgid "The two mechanisms currently supported are:"
 5255 msgstr ""
 5256 
 5257 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5258 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:273
 5259 msgid "password"
 5260 msgstr ""
 5261 
 5262 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5263 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:276
 5264 msgid "obfuscated_password"
 5265 msgstr ""
 5266 
 5267 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5268 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:279
 5269 msgid "Default: password"
 5270 msgstr ""
 5271 
 5272 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5273 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:282
 5274 msgid ""
 5275 "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_obfuscate</refentrytitle> "
 5276 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more information."
 5277 msgstr ""
 5278 
 5279 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5280 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:293
 5281 msgid "ldap_default_authtok (string)"
 5282 msgstr ""
 5283 
 5284 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5285 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:296
 5286 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5287 msgstr ""
 5288 
 5289 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5290 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:302
 5291 msgid "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (boolean)"
 5292 msgstr ""
 5293 
 5294 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5295 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:305
 5296 msgid ""
 5297 "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
 5298 "realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
 5299 "fail. Set this option to a non-zero value if you want to use an upper-case "
 5300 "realm."
 5301 msgstr ""
 5302 
 5303 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5304 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:318
 5305 msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (integer)"
 5306 msgstr ""
 5307 
 5308 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5309 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:321
 5310 msgid ""
 5311 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
 5312 "enumerated records."
 5313 msgstr ""
 5314 
 5315 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5316 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:332
 5317 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (integer)"
 5318 msgstr ""
 5319 
 5320 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5321 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:335
 5322 msgid ""
 5323 "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
 5324 "with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
 5325 "space."
 5326 msgstr ""
 5327 
 5328 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5329 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:341
 5330 msgid ""
 5331 "Setting this option to zero will disable the cache cleanup operation. Please "
 5332 "note that if enumeration is enabled, the cleanup task is required in order "
 5333 "to detect entries removed from the server and can't be disabled. By default, "
 5334 "the cleanup task will run every 3 hours with enumeration enabled."
 5335 msgstr ""
 5336 
 5337 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5338 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:356
 5339 msgid "ldap_group_nesting_level (integer)"
 5340 msgstr ""
 5341 
 5342 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5343 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:359
 5344 msgid ""
 5345 "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
 5346 "RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
 5347 "follow. This option has no effect on the RFC2307 schema."
 5348 msgstr ""
 5349 
 5350 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5351 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:366
 5352 msgid ""
 5353 "Note: This option specifies the guaranteed level of nested groups to be "
 5354 "processed for any lookup. However, nested groups beyond this limit "
 5355 "<emphasis>may be</emphasis> returned if previous lookups already resolved "
 5356 "the deeper nesting levels.  Also, subsequent lookups for other groups may "
 5357 "enlarge the result set for original lookup if re-queried."
 5358 msgstr ""
 5359 
 5360 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5361 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:375
 5362 msgid ""
 5363 "If ldap_group_nesting_level is set to 0 then no nested groups are processed "
 5364 "at all. However, when connected to Active-Directory Server 2008 and later "
 5365 "using <quote>id_provider=ad</quote> it is furthermore required to disable "
 5366 "usage of Token-Groups by setting ldap_use_tokengroups to false in order to "
 5367 "restrict group nesting."
 5368 msgstr ""
 5369 
 5370 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5371 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:384
 5372 msgid "Default: 2"
 5373 msgstr ""
 5374 
 5375 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5376 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:393
 5377 msgid ""
 5378 "This options enables or disables use of Token-Groups attribute when "
 5379 "performing initgroup for users from Active Directory Server 2008 and later."
 5380 msgstr ""
 5381 
 5382 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5383 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:398
 5384 msgid "Default: True for AD and IPA otherwise False."
 5385 msgstr ""
 5386 
 5387 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5388 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:404
 5389 msgid "ldap_host_search_base (string)"
 5390 msgstr ""
 5391 
 5392 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5393 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:407
 5394 msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for host objects."
 5395 msgstr ""
 5396 
 5397 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5398 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:411 sssd-ipa.5.xml:389 sssd-ipa.5.xml:408 sssd-ipa.5.xml:427
 5399 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:446
 5400 msgid ""
 5401 "See <quote>ldap_search_base</quote> for information about configuring "
 5402 "multiple search bases."
 5403 msgstr ""
 5404 
 5405 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5406 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:416 sssd-ipa.5.xml:394 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:27
 5407 msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis>"
 5408 msgstr ""
 5409 
 5410 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5411 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:423
 5412 msgid "ldap_service_search_base (string)"
 5413 msgstr ""
 5414 
 5415 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5416 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:428
 5417 msgid "ldap_iphost_search_base (string)"
 5418 msgstr ""
 5419 
 5420 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5421 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:433
 5422 msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_search_base (string)"
 5423 msgstr ""
 5424 
 5425 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5426 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:438
 5427 msgid "ldap_search_timeout (integer)"
 5428 msgstr ""
 5429 
 5430 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5431 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:441
 5432 msgid ""
 5433 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
 5434 "before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
 5435 "is entered)"
 5436 msgstr ""
 5437 
 5438 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5439 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:447
 5440 msgid ""
 5441 "Note: this option is subject to change in future versions of the SSSD. It "
 5442 "will likely be replaced at some point by a series of timeouts for specific "
 5443 "lookup types."
 5444 msgstr ""
 5445 
 5446 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5447 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:459
 5448 msgid "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (integer)"
 5449 msgstr ""
 5450 
 5451 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5452 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:462
 5453 msgid ""
 5454 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
 5455 "enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
 5456 "are returned (and offline mode is entered)"
 5457 msgstr ""
 5458 
 5459 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5460 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:475
 5461 msgid "ldap_network_timeout (integer)"
 5462 msgstr ""
 5463 
 5464 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5465 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:478
 5466 msgid ""
 5467 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the <citerefentry> "
 5468 "<refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry>/"
 5469 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</"
 5470 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> following a <citerefentry> "
 5471 "<refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </"
 5472 "citerefentry> returns in case of no activity."
 5473 msgstr ""
 5474 
 5475 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5476 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:501
 5477 msgid "ldap_opt_timeout (integer)"
 5478 msgstr ""
 5479 
 5480 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5481 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:504
 5482 msgid ""
 5483 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
 5484 "will abort if no response is received. Also controls the timeout when "
 5485 "communicating with the KDC in case of SASL bind, the timeout of an LDAP bind "
 5486 "operation, password change extended operation and the StartTLS operation."
 5487 msgstr ""
 5488 
 5489 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5490 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:519
 5491 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
 5492 msgstr ""
 5493 
 5494 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5495 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:522
 5496 msgid ""
 5497 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
 5498 "maintained. After this time, the connection will be re-established. If used "
 5499 "in parallel with SASL/GSSAPI, the sooner of the two values (this value vs. "
 5500 "the TGT lifetime)  will be used."
 5501 msgstr ""
 5502 
 5503 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5504 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:530
 5505 msgid ""
 5506 "This timeout can be extended of a random value specified by "
 5507 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_offset</emphasis>"
 5508 msgstr ""
 5509 
 5510 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5511 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:535 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1565
 5512 msgid "Default: 900 (15 minutes)"
 5513 msgstr ""
 5514 
 5515 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5516 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:541
 5517 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_offset (integer)"
 5518 msgstr ""
 5519 
 5520 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5521 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:544
 5522 msgid ""
 5523 "Random offset between 0 and configured value is added to "
 5524 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_timeout</emphasis>."
 5525 msgstr ""
 5526 
 5527 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5528 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:555
 5529 msgid "ldap_page_size (integer)"
 5530 msgstr ""
 5531 
 5532 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5533 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:558
 5534 msgid ""
 5535 "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
 5536 "Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
 5537 msgstr ""
 5538 
 5539 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5540 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:563 include/failover.xml:84
 5541 msgid "Default: 1000"
 5542 msgstr ""
 5543 
 5544 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5545 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:569
 5546 msgid "ldap_disable_paging (boolean)"
 5547 msgstr ""
 5548 
 5549 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5550 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:572
 5551 msgid ""
 5552 "Disable the LDAP paging control. This option should be used if the LDAP "
 5553 "server reports that it supports the LDAP paging control in its RootDSE but "
 5554 "it is not enabled or does not behave properly."
 5555 msgstr ""
 5556 
 5557 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5558 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:578
 5559 msgid ""
 5560 "Example: OpenLDAP servers with the paging control module installed on the "
 5561 "server but not enabled will report it in the RootDSE but be unable to use it."
 5562 msgstr ""
 5563 
 5564 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5565 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:584
 5566 msgid ""
 5567 "Example: 389 DS has a bug where it can only support a one paging control at "
 5568 "a time on a single connection. On busy clients, this can result in some "
 5569 "requests being denied."
 5570 msgstr ""
 5571 
 5572 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5573 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:596
 5574 msgid "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (boolean)"
 5575 msgstr ""
 5576 
 5577 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5578 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:599
 5579 msgid "Disable Active Directory range retrieval."
 5580 msgstr ""
 5581 
 5582 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5583 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:602
 5584 msgid ""
 5585 "Active Directory limits the number of members to be retrieved in a single "
 5586 "lookup using the MaxValRange policy (which defaults to 1500 members). If a "
 5587 "group contains more members, the reply would include an AD-specific range "
 5588 "extension. This option disables parsing of the range extension, therefore "
 5589 "large groups will appear as having no members."
 5590 msgstr ""
 5591 
 5592 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5593 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:617
 5594 msgid "ldap_sasl_minssf (integer)"
 5595 msgstr ""
 5596 
 5597 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5598 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:620
 5599 msgid ""
 5600 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
 5601 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 5602 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 5603 msgstr ""
 5604 
 5605 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5606 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:626 sssd-ldap.5.xml:642
 5607 msgid "Default: Use the system default (usually specified by ldap.conf)"
 5608 msgstr ""
 5609 
 5610 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5611 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:633
 5612 msgid "ldap_sasl_maxssf (integer)"
 5613 msgstr ""
 5614 
 5615 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5616 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:636
 5617 msgid ""
 5618 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the maximal "
 5619 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 5620 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 5621 msgstr ""
 5622 
 5623 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5624 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:649
 5625 msgid "ldap_deref_threshold (integer)"
 5626 msgstr ""
 5627 
 5628 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5629 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:652
 5630 msgid ""
 5631 "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
 5632 "cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup. If less members are missing, "
 5633 "they are looked up individually."
 5634 msgstr ""
 5635 
 5636 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5637 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:658
 5638 msgid ""
 5639 "You can turn off dereference lookups completely by setting the value to 0. "
 5640 "Please note that there are some codepaths in SSSD, like the IPA HBAC "
 5641 "provider, that are only implemented using the dereference call, so even with "
 5642 "dereference explicitly disabled, those parts will still use dereference if "
 5643 "the server supports it and advertises the dereference control in the rootDSE "
 5644 "object."
 5645 msgstr ""
 5646 
 5647 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5648 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:669
 5649 msgid ""
 5650 "A dereference lookup is a means of fetching all group members in a single "
 5651 "LDAP call.  Different LDAP servers may implement different dereference "
 5652 "methods. The currently supported servers are 389/RHDS, OpenLDAP and Active "
 5653 "Directory."
 5654 msgstr ""
 5655 
 5656 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5657 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:677
 5658 msgid ""
 5659 "<emphasis>Note:</emphasis> If any of the search bases specifies a search "
 5660 "filter, then the dereference lookup performance enhancement will be disabled "
 5661 "regardless of this setting."
 5662 msgstr ""
 5663 
 5664 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5665 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:690
 5666 msgid "ldap_tls_reqcert (string)"
 5667 msgstr ""
 5668 
 5669 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5670 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:693
 5671 msgid ""
 5672 "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if "
 5673 "any. It can be specified as one of the following values:"
 5674 msgstr ""
 5675 
 5676 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5677 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:699
 5678 msgid ""
 5679 "<emphasis>never</emphasis> = The client will not request or check any server "
 5680 "certificate."
 5681 msgstr ""
 5682 
 5683 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5684 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:703
 5685 msgid ""
 5686 "<emphasis>allow</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5687 "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
 5688 "is provided, it will be ignored and the session proceeds normally."
 5689 msgstr ""
 5690 
 5691 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5692 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:710
 5693 msgid ""
 5694 "<emphasis>try</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5695 "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
 5696 "is provided, the session is immediately terminated."
 5697 msgstr ""
 5698 
 5699 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5700 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:716
 5701 msgid ""
 5702 "<emphasis>demand</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5703 "certificate is provided, or a bad certificate is provided, the session is "
 5704 "immediately terminated."
 5705 msgstr ""
 5706 
 5707 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5708 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:722
 5709 msgid "<emphasis>hard</emphasis> = Same as <quote>demand</quote>"
 5710 msgstr ""
 5711 
 5712 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5713 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:726
 5714 msgid "Default: hard"
 5715 msgstr ""
 5716 
 5717 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5718 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:732
 5719 msgid "ldap_tls_cacert (string)"
 5720 msgstr ""
 5721 
 5722 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5723 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:735
 5724 msgid ""
 5725 "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
 5726 "Authorities that <command>sssd</command> will recognize."
 5727 msgstr ""
 5728 
 5729 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5730 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:740 sssd-ldap.5.xml:758 sssd-ldap.5.xml:799
 5731 msgid ""
 5732 "Default: use OpenLDAP defaults, typically in <filename>/etc/openldap/ldap."
 5733 "conf</filename>"
 5734 msgstr ""
 5735 
 5736 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5737 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:747
 5738 msgid "ldap_tls_cacertdir (string)"
 5739 msgstr ""
 5740 
 5741 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5742 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:750
 5743 msgid ""
 5744 "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
 5745 "certificates in separate individual files. Typically the file names need to "
 5746 "be the hash of the certificate followed by '.0'.  If available, "
 5747 "<command>cacertdir_rehash</command> can be used to create the correct names."
 5748 msgstr ""
 5749 
 5750 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5751 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:765
 5752 msgid "ldap_tls_cert (string)"
 5753 msgstr ""
 5754 
 5755 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5756 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:768
 5757 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
 5758 msgstr ""
 5759 
 5760 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5761 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:778
 5762 msgid "ldap_tls_key (string)"
 5763 msgstr ""
 5764 
 5765 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5766 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:781
 5767 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
 5768 msgstr ""
 5769 
 5770 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5771 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:790
 5772 msgid "ldap_tls_cipher_suite (string)"
 5773 msgstr ""
 5774 
 5775 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5776 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:793
 5777 msgid ""
 5778 "Specifies acceptable cipher suites.  Typically this is a colon separated "
 5779 "list.  See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ldap.conf</refentrytitle> "
 5780 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for format."
 5781 msgstr ""
 5782 
 5783 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5784 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:806
 5785 msgid "ldap_id_use_start_tls (boolean)"
 5786 msgstr ""
 5787 
 5788 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5789 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:809
 5790 msgid ""
 5791 "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use <systemitem class="
 5792 "\"protocol\">tls</systemitem> to protect the channel."
 5793 msgstr ""
 5794 
 5795 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5796 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:819
 5797 msgid "ldap_id_mapping (boolean)"
 5798 msgstr ""
 5799 
 5800 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5801 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:822
 5802 msgid ""
 5803 "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
 5804 "ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying "
 5805 "on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
 5806 msgstr ""
 5807 
 5808 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5809 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:828
 5810 msgid "Currently this feature supports only ActiveDirectory objectSID mapping."
 5811 msgstr ""
 5812 
 5813 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5814 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:838
 5815 msgid "ldap_min_id, ldap_max_id (integer)"
 5816 msgstr ""
 5817 
 5818 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5819 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:841
 5820 msgid ""
 5821 "In contrast to the SID based ID mapping which is used if ldap_id_mapping is "
 5822 "set to true the allowed ID range for ldap_user_uid_number and "
 5823 "ldap_group_gid_number is unbound. In a setup with sub/trusted-domains this "
 5824 "might lead to ID collisions. To avoid collisions ldap_min_id and ldap_max_id "
 5825 "can be set to restrict the allowed range for the IDs which are read directly "
 5826 "from the server. Sub-domains can then pick other ranges to map IDs."
 5827 msgstr ""
 5828 
 5829 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5830 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:853
 5831 msgid "Default: not set (both options are set to 0)"
 5832 msgstr ""
 5833 
 5834 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5835 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:859
 5836 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech (string)"
 5837 msgstr ""
 5838 
 5839 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5840 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:862
 5841 msgid ""
 5842 "Specify the SASL mechanism to use.  Currently only GSSAPI and GSS-SPNEGO are "
 5843 "tested and supported."
 5844 msgstr ""
 5845 
 5846 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5847 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:866
 5848 msgid ""
 5849 "If the backend supports sub-domains the value of ldap_sasl_mech is "
 5850 "automatically inherited to the sub-domains. If a different value is needed "
 5851 "for a sub-domain it can be overwritten by setting ldap_sasl_mech for this "
 5852 "sub-domain explicitly.  Please see TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION in "
 5853 "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 5854 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
 5855 msgstr ""
 5856 
 5857 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5858 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:882
 5859 msgid "ldap_sasl_authid (string)"
 5860 msgstr ""
 5861 
 5862 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 5863 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:894
 5864 #, no-wrap
 5865 msgid ""
 5866 "hostname@REALM\n"
 5867 "netbiosname$@REALM\n"
 5868 "host/hostname@REALM\n"
 5869 "*$@REALM\n"
 5870 "host/*@REALM\n"
 5871 "host/*\n"
 5872 "                            "
 5873 msgstr ""
 5874 
 5875 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5876 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:885
 5877 msgid ""
 5878 "Specify the SASL authorization id to use.  When GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO are used, "
 5879 "this represents the Kerberos principal used for authentication to the "
 5880 "directory.  This option can either contain the full principal (for example "
 5881 "host/myhost@EXAMPLE.COM) or just the principal name (for example host/"
 5882 "myhost).  By default, the value is not set and the following principals are "
 5883 "used: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> If none of them are "
 5884 "found, the first principal in keytab is returned."
 5885 msgstr ""
 5886 
 5887 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5888 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:905
 5889 msgid "Default: host/hostname@REALM"
 5890 msgstr ""
 5891 
 5892 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5893 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:911
 5894 msgid "ldap_sasl_realm (string)"
 5895 msgstr ""
 5896 
 5897 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5898 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:914
 5899 msgid ""
 5900 "Specify the SASL realm to use. When not specified, this option defaults to "
 5901 "the value of krb5_realm.  If the ldap_sasl_authid contains the realm as "
 5902 "well, this option is ignored."
 5903 msgstr ""
 5904 
 5905 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5906 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:920
 5907 msgid "Default: the value of krb5_realm."
 5908 msgstr ""
 5909 
 5910 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5911 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:926
 5912 msgid "ldap_sasl_canonicalize (boolean)"
 5913 msgstr ""
 5914 
 5915 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5916 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:929
 5917 msgid ""
 5918 "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
 5919 "canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
 5920 msgstr ""
 5921 
 5922 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5923 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:934
 5924 msgid "Default: false;"
 5925 msgstr ""
 5926 
 5927 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5928 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:940
 5929 msgid "ldap_krb5_keytab (string)"
 5930 msgstr ""
 5931 
 5932 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5933 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:943
 5934 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO."
 5935 msgstr ""
 5936 
 5937 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5938 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:947
 5939 msgid "Default: System keytab, normally <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>"
 5940 msgstr ""
 5941 
 5942 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5943 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:953
 5944 msgid "ldap_krb5_init_creds (boolean)"
 5945 msgstr ""
 5946 
 5947 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5948 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:956
 5949 msgid ""
 5950 "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT).  This "
 5951 "action is performed only if SASL is used and the mechanism selected is "
 5952 "GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO."
 5953 msgstr ""
 5954 
 5955 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5956 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:968
 5957 msgid "ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime (integer)"
 5958 msgstr ""
 5959 
 5960 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5961 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:971
 5962 msgid ""
 5963 "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO is used."
 5964 msgstr ""
 5965 
 5966 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5967 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:975 sssd-ad.5.xml:1229
 5968 msgid "Default: 86400 (24 hours)"
 5969 msgstr ""
 5970 
 5971 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5972 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:981 sssd-krb5.5.xml:74
 5973 msgid "krb5_server, krb5_backup_server (string)"
 5974 msgstr ""
 5975 
 5976 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5977 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:984
 5978 msgid ""
 5979 "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
 5980 "Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference. "
 5981 "For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the "
 5982 "<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. An optional port number (preceded by a "
 5983 "colon) may be appended to the addresses or hostnames.  If empty, service "
 5984 "discovery is enabled - for more information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE "
 5985 "DISCOVERY</quote> section."
 5986 msgstr ""
 5987 
 5988 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5989 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:996 sssd-krb5.5.xml:89
 5990 msgid ""
 5991 "When using service discovery for KDC or kpasswd servers, SSSD first searches "
 5992 "for DNS entries that specify _udp as the protocol and falls back to _tcp if "
 5993 "none are found."
 5994 msgstr ""
 5995 
 5996 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5997 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1001 sssd-krb5.5.xml:94
 5998 msgid ""
 5999 "This option was named <quote>krb5_kdcip</quote> in earlier releases of SSSD. "
 6000 "While the legacy name is recognized for the time being, users are advised to "
 6001 "migrate their config files to use <quote>krb5_server</quote> instead."
 6002 msgstr ""
 6003 
 6004 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6005 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1010 sssd-ipa.5.xml:458 sssd-krb5.5.xml:103
 6006 msgid "krb5_realm (string)"
 6007 msgstr ""
 6008 
 6009 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6010 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1013
 6011 msgid "Specify the Kerberos REALM (for SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO auth)."
 6012 msgstr ""
 6013 
 6014 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6015 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1017
 6016 msgid "Default: System defaults, see <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>"
 6017 msgstr ""
 6018 
 6019 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6020 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1023 sssd-krb5.5.xml:462
 6021 msgid "krb5_canonicalize (boolean)"
 6022 msgstr ""
 6023 
 6024 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6025 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1026
 6026 msgid ""
 6027 "Specifies if the host principal should be canonicalized when connecting to "
 6028 "LDAP server. This feature is available with MIT Kerberos >= 1.7"
 6029 msgstr ""
 6030 
 6031 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6032 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1038 sssd-krb5.5.xml:477
 6033 msgid "krb5_use_kdcinfo (boolean)"
 6034 msgstr ""
 6035 
 6036 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6037 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1041 sssd-krb5.5.xml:480
 6038 msgid ""
 6039 "Specifies if the SSSD should instruct the Kerberos libraries what realm and "
 6040 "which KDCs to use. This option is on by default, if you disable it, you need "
 6041 "to configure the Kerberos library using the <citerefentry> "
 6042 "<refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 6043 "citerefentry> configuration file."
 6044 msgstr ""
 6045 
 6046 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6047 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1052 sssd-krb5.5.xml:491
 6048 msgid ""
 6049 "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</"
 6050 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more "
 6051 "information on the locator plugin."
 6052 msgstr ""
 6053 
 6054 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6055 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1066
 6056 msgid "ldap_pwd_policy (string)"
 6057 msgstr ""
 6058 
 6059 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6060 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1069
 6061 msgid ""
 6062 "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side. "
 6063 "The following values are allowed:"
 6064 msgstr ""
 6065 
 6066 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6067 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1074
 6068 msgid ""
 6069 "<emphasis>none</emphasis> - No evaluation on the client side. This option "
 6070 "cannot disable server-side password policies."
 6071 msgstr ""
 6072 
 6073 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6074 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1079
 6075 msgid ""
 6076 "<emphasis>shadow</emphasis> - Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
 6077 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> style attributes to "
 6078 "evaluate if the password has expired."
 6079 msgstr ""
 6080 
 6081 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6082 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1085
 6083 msgid ""
 6084 "<emphasis>mit_kerberos</emphasis> - Use the attributes used by MIT Kerberos "
 6085 "to determine if the password has expired. Use chpass_provider=krb5 to update "
 6086 "these attributes when the password is changed."
 6087 msgstr ""
 6088 
 6089 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6090 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1094
 6091 msgid ""
 6092 "<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: if a password policy is configured on server "
 6093 "side, it always takes precedence over policy set with this option."
 6094 msgstr ""
 6095 
 6096 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6097 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1102
 6098 msgid "ldap_referrals (boolean)"
 6099 msgstr ""
 6100 
 6101 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6102 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1105
 6103 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
 6104 msgstr ""
 6105 
 6106 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6107 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1109
 6108 msgid ""
 6109 "Please note that sssd only supports referral chasing when it is compiled "
 6110 "with OpenLDAP version 2.4.13 or higher."
 6111 msgstr ""
 6112 
 6113 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6114 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1114
 6115 msgid ""
 6116 "Chasing referrals may incur a performance penalty in environments that use "
 6117 "them heavily, a notable example is Microsoft Active Directory. If your setup "
 6118 "does not in fact require the use of referrals, setting this option to false "
 6119 "might bring a noticeable performance improvement.  Setting this option to "
 6120 "false is therefore recommended in case the SSSD LDAP provider is used "
 6121 "together with Microsoft Active Directory as a backend. Even if SSSD would be "
 6122 "able to follow the referral to a different AD DC no additional data would be "
 6123 "available."
 6124 msgstr ""
 6125 
 6126 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6127 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1133
 6128 msgid "ldap_dns_service_name (string)"
 6129 msgstr ""
 6130 
 6131 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6132 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1136
 6133 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
 6134 msgstr ""
 6135 
 6136 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6137 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1140
 6138 msgid "Default: ldap"
 6139 msgstr ""
 6140 
 6141 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6142 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1146
 6143 msgid "ldap_chpass_dns_service_name (string)"
 6144 msgstr ""
 6145 
 6146 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6147 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1149
 6148 msgid ""
 6149 "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
 6150 "password changes when service discovery is enabled."
 6151 msgstr ""
 6152 
 6153 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6154 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1154
 6155 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. service discovery is disabled"
 6156 msgstr ""
 6157 
 6158 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6159 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1160
 6160 msgid "ldap_chpass_update_last_change (bool)"
 6161 msgstr ""
 6162 
 6163 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6164 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1163
 6165 msgid ""
 6166 "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
 6167 "days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
 6168 msgstr ""
 6169 
 6170 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6171 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1175
 6172 msgid "ldap_access_filter (string)"
 6173 msgstr ""
 6174 
 6175 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6176 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1178
 6177 msgid ""
 6178 "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
 6179 "this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criteria that "
 6180 "must be met for the user to be granted access on this host. If "
 6181 "access_provider = ldap, ldap_access_order = filter and this option is not "
 6182 "set, it will result in all users being denied access.  Use access_provider = "
 6183 "permit to change this default behavior. Please note that this filter is "
 6184 "applied on the LDAP user entry only and thus filtering based on nested "
 6185 "groups may not work (e.g. memberOf attribute on AD entries points only to "
 6186 "direct parents). If filtering based on nested groups is required, please see "
 6187 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
 6188 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 6189 msgstr ""
 6190 
 6191 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6192 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1198
 6193 msgid "Example:"
 6194 msgstr ""
 6195 
 6196 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
 6197 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1201
 6198 #, no-wrap
 6199 msgid ""
 6200 "access_provider = ldap\n"
 6201 "ldap_access_filter = (employeeType=admin)\n"
 6202 "                        "
 6203 msgstr ""
 6204 
 6205 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6206 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1205
 6207 msgid ""
 6208 "This example means that access to this host is restricted to users whose "
 6209 "employeeType attribute is set to \"admin\"."
 6210 msgstr ""
 6211 
 6212 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6213 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1210
 6214 msgid ""
 6215 "Offline caching for this feature is limited to determining whether the "
 6216 "user's last online login was granted access permission. If they were granted "
 6217 "access during their last login, they will continue to be granted access "
 6218 "while offline and vice versa."
 6219 msgstr ""
 6220 
 6221 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6222 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1218 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1275
 6223 msgid "Default: Empty"
 6224 msgstr ""
 6225 
 6226 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6227 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1224
 6228 msgid "ldap_account_expire_policy (string)"
 6229 msgstr ""
 6230 
 6231 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6232 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1227
 6233 msgid ""
 6234 "With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
 6235 "be enabled."
 6236 msgstr ""
 6237 
 6238 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6239 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1231
 6240 msgid ""
 6241 "Please note that it is always recommended to use server side access control, "
 6242 "i.e. the LDAP server should deny the bind request with a suitable error code "
 6243 "even if the password is correct."
 6244 msgstr ""
 6245 
 6246 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6247 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1238
 6248 msgid "The following values are allowed:"
 6249 msgstr ""
 6250 
 6251 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6252 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1241
 6253 msgid ""
 6254 "<emphasis>shadow</emphasis>: use the value of ldap_user_shadow_expire to "
 6255 "determine if the account is expired."
 6256 msgstr ""
 6257 
 6258 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6259 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1246
 6260 msgid ""
 6261 "<emphasis>ad</emphasis>: use the value of the 32bit field "
 6262 "ldap_user_ad_user_account_control and allow access if the second bit is not "
 6263 "set. If the attribute is missing access is granted. Also the expiration time "
 6264 "of the account is checked."
 6265 msgstr ""
 6266 
 6267 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6268 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1253
 6269 msgid ""
 6270 "<emphasis>rhds</emphasis>, <emphasis>ipa</emphasis>, <emphasis>389ds</"
 6271 "emphasis>: use the value of ldap_ns_account_lock to check if access is "
 6272 "allowed or not."
 6273 msgstr ""
 6274 
 6275 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6276 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1259
 6277 msgid ""
 6278 "<emphasis>nds</emphasis>: the values of "
 6279 "ldap_user_nds_login_allowed_time_map, ldap_user_nds_login_disabled and "
 6280 "ldap_user_nds_login_expiration_time are used to check if access is allowed. "
 6281 "If both attributes are missing access is granted."
 6282 msgstr ""
 6283 
 6284 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6285 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1268
 6286 msgid ""
 6287 "Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
 6288 "emphasis> include <quote>expire</quote> in order for the "
 6289 "ldap_account_expire_policy option to work."
 6290 msgstr ""
 6291 
 6292 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6293 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1281
 6294 msgid "ldap_access_order (string)"
 6295 msgstr ""
 6296 
 6297 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6298 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1284
 6299 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options.  Allowed values are:"
 6300 msgstr ""
 6301 
 6302 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6303 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1288
 6304 msgid "<emphasis>filter</emphasis>: use ldap_access_filter"
 6305 msgstr ""
 6306 
 6307 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6308 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1291
 6309 msgid ""
 6310 "<emphasis>lockout</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
 6311 "denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
 6312 "and has value of '000001010000Z'. Please see the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  "
 6313 "Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
 6314 "work."
 6315 msgstr ""
 6316 
 6317 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6318 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1301
 6319 msgid ""
 6320 "<emphasis> Please note that this option is superseded by the <quote>ppolicy</"
 6321 "quote> option and might be removed in a future release.  </emphasis>"
 6322 msgstr ""
 6323 
 6324 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6325 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1308
 6326 msgid ""
 6327 "<emphasis>ppolicy</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
 6328 "denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
 6329 "and has value of '000001010000Z' or represents any time in the past.  The "
 6330 "value of the 'pwdAccountLockedTime' attribute must end with 'Z', which "
 6331 "denotes the UTC time zone.  Other time zones are not currently supported and "
 6332 "will result in \"access-denied\" when users attempt to log in.  Please see "
 6333 "the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' "
 6334 "must be set for this feature to work."
 6335 msgstr ""
 6336 
 6337 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6338 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1325
 6339 msgid "<emphasis>expire</emphasis>: use ldap_account_expire_policy"
 6340 msgstr ""
 6341 
 6342 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6343 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1329
 6344 msgid ""
 6345 "<emphasis>pwd_expire_policy_reject, pwd_expire_policy_warn, "
 6346 "pwd_expire_policy_renew: </emphasis> These options are useful if users are "
 6347 "interested in being warned that password is about to expire and "
 6348 "authentication is based on using a different method than passwords - for "
 6349 "example SSH keys."
 6350 msgstr ""
 6351 
 6352 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6353 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1339
 6354 msgid ""
 6355 "The difference between these options is the action taken if user password is "
 6356 "expired: pwd_expire_policy_reject - user is denied to log in, "
 6357 "pwd_expire_policy_warn - user is still able to log in, "
 6358 "pwd_expire_policy_renew - user is prompted to change his password "
 6359 "immediately."
 6360 msgstr ""
 6361 
 6362 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6363 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1347
 6364 msgid ""
 6365 "Note If user password is expired no explicit message is prompted by SSSD."
 6366 msgstr ""
 6367 
 6368 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6369 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1351
 6370 msgid ""
 6371 "Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
 6372 "work. Also 'ldap_pwd_policy' must be set to an appropriate password policy."
 6373 msgstr ""
 6374 
 6375 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6376 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1356
 6377 msgid ""
 6378 "<emphasis>authorized_service</emphasis>: use the authorizedService attribute "
 6379 "to determine access"
 6380 msgstr ""
 6381 
 6382 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6383 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1361
 6384 msgid "<emphasis>host</emphasis>: use the host attribute to determine access"
 6385 msgstr ""
 6386 
 6387 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6388 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1365
 6389 msgid ""
 6390 "<emphasis>rhost</emphasis>: use the rhost attribute to determine whether "
 6391 "remote host can access"
 6392 msgstr ""
 6393 
 6394 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6395 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1369
 6396 msgid ""
 6397 "Please note, rhost field in pam is set by application, it is better to check "
 6398 "what the application sends to pam, before enabling this access control option"
 6399 msgstr ""
 6400 
 6401 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6402 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1374
 6403 msgid "Default: filter"
 6404 msgstr ""
 6405 
 6406 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6407 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1377
 6408 msgid ""
 6409 "Please note that it is a configuration error if a value is used more than "
 6410 "once."
 6411 msgstr ""
 6412 
 6413 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6414 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1384
 6415 msgid "ldap_pwdlockout_dn (string)"
 6416 msgstr ""
 6417 
 6418 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6419 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1387
 6420 msgid ""
 6421 "This option specifies the DN of password policy entry on LDAP server. Please "
 6422 "note that absence of this option in sssd.conf in case of enabled account "
 6423 "lockout checking will yield access denied as ppolicy attributes on LDAP "
 6424 "server cannot be checked properly."
 6425 msgstr ""
 6426 
 6427 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6428 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1395
 6429 msgid "Example: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,dc=example,dc=com"
 6430 msgstr ""
 6431 
 6432 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6433 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1398
 6434 msgid "Default: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,$ldap_search_base"
 6435 msgstr ""
 6436 
 6437 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6438 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1404
 6439 msgid "ldap_deref (string)"
 6440 msgstr ""
 6441 
 6442 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6443 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1407
 6444 msgid ""
 6445 "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search. The "
 6446 "following options are allowed:"
 6447 msgstr ""
 6448 
 6449 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6450 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1412
 6451 msgid "<emphasis>never</emphasis>: Aliases are never dereferenced."
 6452 msgstr ""
 6453 
 6454 </